<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xml:base="https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com"  xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
<channel>
 <title>Open Encyclopedia of Anthropology - Affect &amp; Emotion</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry-tags/affect-emotion</link>
 <description></description>
 <language>en</language>
<item>
 <title>Atmospheres</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/atmospheres</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/52755518720_e682a805b0_o.jpg?itok=G4nsR7sS&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;font-size: 16px; caret-color: rgb(34, 34, 34); color: rgb(34, 34, 34); font-family: &amp;quot;Open Sans&amp;quot;;&quot;&gt;&quot;Morning rituals&quot;, 2022. Picture by &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.flickr.com/photos/140077762@N04/52755518720/in/photolist-2onPPJY-sph1Me-Rn99Bs-qCit47-ePNGF7-ePNhKw-ePB76e-ePB4CH-ePNKcj-7fyarK-ePNAVu-AWVzF6-ePBqXc-2iSVqNd-8Ft4NW-4qC8Qb-BVYiz-BVYLr-EAReL5-S7SWQ-BVYD9-d99j1o-gKnpU-4H8jeU-a5THfm-4H49pg-2k7PQxU-drLZbL-X2JbrN-2ofPPMo-eTDdG9-2iUnrCW-5AS7s9-58YY9v-4H8kXQ-nzvnD-4H4arv-ZTHmoX-9etdyD-23nn8mj-8bsRPx-9DTJX4-6VAwkj-WUzsEA-2hEmbD2-miMnFY-aLuCQ2-eTrPgH-2UsUj8-fQNFsF&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Jason Boldero&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/span&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/environment&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Environment&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/methods-methodology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Methods &amp;amp; Methodology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/race-ethnicity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Race &amp;amp; Ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/semiotics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Semiotics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/michael-schnegg&quot;&gt;Michael Schnegg&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/jonas-bens&quot;&gt;Jonas Bens&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Hamburg&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;25&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Nov &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25atmospheres&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25atmospheres&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the affective relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation. Yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. People often experience atmospheres as something that cannot be put into words easily; nevertheless, atmospheres enable or disable certain behaviours in situational and sometimes unpredictable ways. This entry outlines what atmospheres are, what they do, and how they can be analysed from an anthropological perspective. The entry shows that the study of atmospheres has significant explanatory power that anthropology should continue to explore.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction &amp;amp; social science antecedents&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Every situation has an atmosphere: a general feeling, tonality, or vibe that people experience collectively and individually. When we enter a room, or any other social space, its atmosphere makes us feel something: at ease or uneasy, comfortable or uncomfortable, included or excluded. Atmospheres contribute in important ways to meanings, feelings, and behaviours. They circumscribe what we can say, how we can move, or even which behaviours we consider appropriate. But atmospheres are never quite clear to us; they feel—at least to some extent—fleeting, indeterminate, and difficult to grasp.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is an intuitive importance of this kind of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; in-between captured in the term ‘atmosphere’. Despite this, it is remarkable how late anthropologists began to theorise atmospheres more thoroughly. Instead, they have used a series of closely related concepts in the past to make sense of them. One good starting point for understanding atmospheres is the ancient Greek etymology of the term and its early uses. The word atmosphere comes from &lt;em&gt;ἀτμός&lt;/em&gt; (atmós), ‘vapour, steam,’ and &lt;em&gt;σφαῖρα&lt;/em&gt; (sphaîra), describing a ‘sphere’ produced by it. In line with these meanings, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; writings of the sixteenth century used the term in two different ways: to describe the gaseous envelope of a celestial body (e.g., the Earth) and to refer to emanations of the human body. In relation to humans, these effluvia and material airs were perceived to vary with social categories, including gender, age, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, and class. Social emanations were the forces that influenced relationships and led to attraction or repulsion between people (Corbin 1982). Even in these early uses, however, the term ‘atmosphere’ referred not only to the emanations of a particular person but also to the totality of ‘atmospheres’ created by all kinds of bodies interacting in situations and places.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These ideas entered social science debates about a century ago but were not yet named ‘atmosphere’. To clarify the relationship between experiencing and knowing, Georg Simmel (1917, 130), for example, stipulates that we know that something is alive because a living being is surrounded by an &lt;em&gt;ultramateriellen Wirksamkeitsumkreis&lt;/em&gt; (literally ‘ultramaterial sphere of influence’) that touches us immediately. Accordingly, we grasp our environment in its entirety before we can reduce it to specific sensory impressions, such as seeing the entity’s movements, smelling its vitality, and cognitively categorising other sensory impressions as belonging to a living organism. Simmel goes on to show that in situations where multiple beings are present, they form an atmosphere that can become characteristic of a particular place, like a city or even a country, foregrounding the spatial and situational meaning of the term.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a related manner, Émile Durkheim’s notion of a ‘collective effervescence’ captures the affective in-between a situation describes. In his theory of shared affectivities in ritual, Durkheim argues that rituals contribute significantly to the solidarity that helps maintain social order in a group (1995). While rituals are salient, he says, they are threatened by individualistic interests. Therefore, rituals must produce a shared collective feeling, which he referred to as the ‘effervescence’, something which goes beyond the sharing of meanings and categories. It gives the ritual its power and ultimately enables it to maintain social representations and thus the social order of a group (von Scheve 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of atmospheres as a force which emanates from bodies can also be linked to the early anthropological study of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gift&lt;/a&gt; giving, as part of which Marcel Mauss (1925) argues that gifts may have their own power that makes them circulate. Drawing on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; writing on property understandings among late nineteenth and early twentieth century Māori of Polynesia, Mauss discusses the Polynesian concept of the &lt;em&gt;Hau &lt;/em&gt;(lit. wind, soul, power) as an object-centred force said to accompany gifts and drive people to reciprocate them. The &lt;em&gt;Hau &lt;/em&gt;aligns with the term atmosphere as a force that emanates from a person and extends to objects. Moreover, the &lt;em&gt;Hau&lt;/em&gt; is similar to atmospheres in that it has a spatial component, being linked to the gift-giver as much to the soil and the territory where it originates (Mauss [1925] 2016, 70–1). In his methodological reflections, Mauss also refers to the situational meaning of the term atmosphere. To describe the ‘tonalité morale’ (‘moral tone’) that prevails among a group of people he uses the French term ‘atmosphere’ (Mauss [1926] 2002, 282).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the middle of the twentieth century, concrete situations became more central to social research. Ethnographers tended to study specific ‘encounters’ in which people interact ‘face-to-face’ (Goffman 1961). Thus, several researchers focused on the ways people produce their cultural (and emotional) worlds through everyday interactions (Garfinkel 1967). In face-to-face encounters, people communicate in a variety of ways and in constellations that involve human and non-human participants (Murphy 2023).  For example, people may empathise with other species that are part of their world, as Michael Schnegg and Thiemo Breyer (2024) demonstrate with Damara pastoralists in Namibia. Here, embodied empathy creates a multi-species world that incorporates the perspectives of elephants, tricksters, and livestock. This world is distinct from any world in which these perspectives are absent.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Influenced by this focus on micro-situations and their affectivity, anthropologist Clifford Geertz distinguishes ‘ethos’ from ‘moods’. He understood an ethos to be the general aesthetic or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; style of a culture (1973, 89). A people’s ethos may feel universal and objective to them, but it stems at least in part from the specific ways in which people adapt to their lives’ circumstances. Moods, on the other hand, were more temporally- and spatially-bounded phenomena: ‘Like fogs, “moods” just settle and lift; like scents, suffuse and evaporate. When present moods are totalistic: if one is sad everything and everybody seems dreary; if one is gay everything and everybody seems splendid’ (Geertz 1973, 97). Moods also distinguish themselves from an ethos, in that they are made meaningful with reference to their sources, rather than being explicable through the ends they may serve (Geertz 1973, 97).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Two important dimensions of atmospheres are already apparent in these early sets of atmosphere-adjacent concepts. First, atmospheres can describe what is ‘in the air’ at very different scales. On a smaller scale, atmospheres are relevant to concrete situations: face-to-face encounters in which all kinds of bodies, human and non-human, material and immaterial, create an atmosphere. On a larger scale, atmospheres can also characterise situations: a city, a country, a community, a generation, and so on can come with specific atmospheres. Secondly, an atmosphere is usually experienced as a totality, as a sense of a whole in which people cannot immediately identify all the individual elements that make it up.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affect studies and phenomenology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is only recently that anthropologists have begun to explicitly theorise atmospheres. Two major theoretical developments may be responsible for this: &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Affect&lt;/a&gt; studies—an interdisciplinary field in the social sciences and humanities which explores the fundamentally relational character of feeling and emotion—has broadened scholarly attention to include more subtle, elusive and intangible affective dynamics, such as atmosphere. Secondly, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenology&lt;/a&gt;—an approach which pays close attention to people’s experience of concrete situations—has developed a particular focus on atmospheres (Schnegg 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ‘turn to affect’ in the social sciences and humanities since the late 1990s (Clough and Halley 2007) has been part of a broader movement to rethink feeling, emotion, and subjective experience in terms of the material constellations of bodies in space, rather than as internal feelings. This approach has also gained prominence in anthropology. From an affect perspective, atmospheres are primarily ‘out there’, generated in relational arrangements of bodies, even if they are subjectively felt by individuals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An important precursor for this understanding of atmosphere is the social science scholarship of emotions beginning in the late 1970s, strongly influenced by feminist and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;queer&lt;/a&gt; studies. These scholars explicitly challenged the assumptions of mainstream psychology, which conceptualised emotions primarily as the internal states of individuals. Instead, they argued that emotions are the result of processes of social construction in culturally specific situations and performances—through everyday interactions and encounters (Hochschild 1983; Abu-Lughod and Lutz 1990). From the 1990s, scholars began to move away from the idea that emotions should be understood merely as cognitive concepts that people construct in everyday interaction and began to explore that material bodies also play an important role in the experience of feeling (Leavitt 1996). From then on, queer-feminist scholars in anthropology and beyond began to use the term ‘affect’, which seemed to denote a stronger connection to bodies, while still arguing that affect is primarily shaped by society, culture, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, rather than biology (Stoler 2002; Sedgwick 2003; Ahmed 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since the late 1990s, scholars began to introduce a much wider understanding of the body as a basis for the study of affect (Massumi 2002, Thrift 2007), including human and non-human, material and immaterial entities: ‘a body can be anything; it can be an animal, a body of sounds, a mind or an idea; it can be a linguistic corpus, a social body, a collectivity’ (Deleuze 1988, 127). Affect, then, emerges from such a relational constellation of all kinds of bodies that form an ‘affective arrangement’ (Slaby, Mühlhoff and Wünschner 2017). These arrangements in which affect comes to the fore shape how people experience a situation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early phenomenologists such as Edmund Husserl and Martin Heidegger developed the term &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; (often translated as ‘mood’) to capture how we shape situations affectively and how they in turn shape us. Following their conceptual lead, the term ‘atmosphere’ was further developed with the aim of rethinking human emotionality (Tellenbach 1981, Schmitz 2019; Schmitz, Müllan and Slaby 2011; Schnegg 2023). Hermann Schmitz (1974), a central figure in recent phenomenological debates, argues that emotions (and feelings) have long been misconceived as something located in the individual psyche. Instead, they are not private but rather ‘out there’. In Schmitz’s reading, emotions &lt;em&gt;are&lt;/em&gt; atmospheres, also ontologically, and largely beyond the individual’s control—something that overcomes or befalls us. The feeling body (&lt;em&gt;Leib&lt;/em&gt;) is the medium through which we resonate with them and feel them subjectively (Eisenlohr 2024, Schnegg 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In recent years, Schmitz&#039;s radical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; approach has been further developed (and, some might say, watered down). While he theorises that atmospheres are epistemic wholes that include the subject and cannot be reduced to their parts, Gernot Böhme introduces a ‘constellationalist perspective’ (Riedel 2018, 173), claiming that atmospheres are constituted by the elements present in a situation even as they transcend these elements. As such, atmospheres can be curated and transformed by changing the elements that constitute them, including the built environment, the arrangement of objects, their material makeup, symbolic nature, light, smells, etc. Churches and public spaces in cities are prime examples that demonstrate what constitutes atmospheres and to what extent atmospheres can be constructed, manipulated, and experienced.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Both of these traditions of affect studies and phenomenology use slightly different terminologies, and scholars have debated the distinctions between the concepts of feeling, emotion, and affect. When it comes to the study of atmosphere, it is possible to understand ‘feeling’ as denoting the realm of subjective experience, like a single person or a collective feeling something in their bodies. ‘Emotion’, then, refers to culturally formed and semantically expressible subjective experiences, for which people also normally have words to describe and qualitatively differentiate them – for example love, hate, shame, or joy. The term ‘affect’ is broader and also cross-cuts these categories. In the terminology of affect studies, feeling and emotion can be described as affective phenomena. The concept of affect, however, proposes a strictly relational perspective, understanding feelings and emotions as emerging in-between bodies within a constellation rather than as properties of individual subjects. Over the past three decades, these theoretical resources from affect theory and phenomenology have increasingly been used not only in anthropology, but also in sociology, geography, and other disciplines to theorise atmospheres (Anderson 2009; Gugutzer 2020a; Trigg 2022; Stewart 2011).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thereby, the notion of atmosphere we discuss here is only one of the several concepts used to describe shared affectivities (Thonhauser 2021). Related terms include ‘affective spaces’ (Navaro-Yashin 2009), ‘Stimmung’ (Borneman and Ghassem-Fachandi 2017), ‘attunement’ (Stewart 2011; Throop 2020; Zigon 2014), and ‘moods’ (Throop 2018; 2014; 2020). Given the range of definitions for all these terms, it is impossible to separate them neatly. It will be one of the major challenges for the larger field to work this out more clearly. However, some tendencies can be discerned. Whereas &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and mood tend to focus more on internal states that frame our experience of the world while simultaneously acknowledging that we are framed by them, atmospheres are thought to be primarily out there, happening to us and thus leading to the feelings we have. In this sense, one comes to a classroom with a particular mood, which has its atmosphere, and while one changes the atmosphere by being present, it also changes one’s mood. When leaving the classroom, however, one takes the mood along while leaving the atmosphere behind. Furthermore, whereas &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and affective spaces describe shared affectivities with some temporal duration, atmospheres also refer to a shorter temporal scale. Finally, compared to affective spaces and atmospheres, &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt; and moods place less emphasis on the non-human bodies, materialities, and networks of affective &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; that constitute them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the following, we narrow the focus to anthropological discussions of atmospheres. Building on previous work (Schroer and Schmitt 2018a), we describe what atmospheres are, what they do, and how they can be analysed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What atmospheres are&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation, yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. People often experience atmospheres as something that cannot be put into words easily; nevertheless, they enable or disable certain behaviours in situational and sometimes unpredictable ways. Didier Eribon’s autobiography &lt;em&gt;Returning to Reims&lt;/em&gt; offers a vivid case. On his return and to explain what it meant for him to leave &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt;, Eribon invokes his family’s conflictual constellation: ‘the atmosphere was a harsh one, painful on a daily basis, even unbearable. This constant climate of conjugal warfare must have counted for a lot in producing my will to flee both my family and my circumstances’ (2013, 83). Eribon thus underscores, first, that situations are suffused with atmospheres that shape how people feel; and second, that atmosphere is an affective layer that enables some actions while constraining others. In this view, atmosphere—alongside individual aspiration and structural constraint—becomes a further analytic for understanding the behaviour of persons and groups.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The anthropology of atmospheres has also suggested that atmospheres may be neither subjective nor objective. While an atmosphere may already be there when we enter a room, or any other social space, our presence changes it. At the same time, the atmosphere changes us, and as subjects, we are partly constituted by it. It is therefore difficult to describe atmosphere as either a purely objective or a subjective phenomenon. Rather, several scholars have insisted that atmospheres transcend this distinction. An example can illustrate this: During a recent fieldwork stay in Namibia, I (Michael Schnegg) went to a neighbour’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;house&lt;/a&gt; to ask for a tool. The absence of people outside already signalled that something was amiss. Inside, the room was quiet; no one spoke. I was immediately solicited by an atmosphere of grief. On asking gently, I learned that a close relative had died in an accident only hours before. The situation’s affective intensity rendered me out of place; with limited language, I offered condolences. My presence, I sensed, altered the shared atmosphere, even as that atmosphere altered me—producing a felt mixture of sorrow, disconnection, and misfit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Such atmospheres are synaesthetic, meaning they may stimulate various senses or cognitive pathways at the same time. It may be this multisensory experience of an atmosphere that makes us feel it as a whole before we can distinguish particular sensory impressions of sound, smell, and touch (Eisenlohr 2024, 40; Schmitz 2016, 18). For example, visitors to an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; installation in Denmark complained about its strong smell although no chemical or material sources could be found in the environment. But as the overall tonality of the installation—its walls, its colours, its light—was reminiscent of a hospital floor, the arrangement was experienced synaesthetically as an atmosphere with odour (Stenslund 2018). Such findings suggest the existence of an embodied capacity to store atmospheres and their memory, which are then triggered when a similar arrangement is experienced again.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres have also been shown to contain suggestions of movement. Being immersed in an atmosphere can literally move us in ways over which we have little control. This is most obvious with atmospheres that are largely created by sound, which we often experience as shaking and moving the body in particular ways. The musical recitation of devotional poetry (&lt;em&gt;na&#039;t khwan&lt;/em&gt;) among Mauritian &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslims&lt;/a&gt; is a good example for this. Consisting of hymns and poems that are usually recited in Urdu, this form of poetry stirs feelings of religious affection and creates a desire for prayer among devout Muslims. It does this both through its meaning, but also very much through the mode and style of its vocal rendering and through the sonic nature of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; involved in it. The latter creates an atmosphere that envelops and suffuses the body and changes its sense of being in space. It ‘grips you powerfully’, ‘makes you vibrate’, and ‘directly enters your soul’, as people put it (Eisenlohr 2018, 2024, 8). The sound and resulting movements become all the more meaningful insofar as they are part of ritual practices that incorporate the discursive and iconographic dimensions of a religious tradition (Eisenlohr 2022, 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A final major aspect of atmospheres that the anthropological literature has insisted on is that they can be shaped or curated. For instance, by arranging the lighting in a way that fosters a sense of community, solitude, and ‘security’, a feeling called &lt;em&gt;hygge&lt;/em&gt; (&#039;feeling home&#039;) can be induced in Denmark (Bille 2020; 2015; Bille, Bjerregaard and Sørensen 2015). In a similar manner, urban spaces can be designed to make people feel particular ways, when, for example, the high ceilings in Christian churches are intended to make people feel small in the presence of God (for more examples, see Stenslund 2023). This possibility to craft and design atmospheres has also been demonstrated for experimental theatres (Gatt 2018), pharmacies (Liu 2023), churches (Gregersen 2021), commercial settings (Kolehmainen and Mäkinen 2021), courtrooms (Bens 2018), or even aquariums where enthusiasts create an atmosphere with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, air, and light (Schmitt 2018, 96).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What atmospheres do&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We are only beginning to understand that in addition to individual motives and structural possibilities and constraints, atmospheres are a third layer that shape both meanings and behaviours. As such, atmospheres can create, for example, belonging. To this end, anthropological research has shown that people actively create the atmosphere in the Night Church, held in a cathedral in Copenhagen, through the arrangements of both human and non-human bodies, making it a special place for worship and belonging. To theorise this, Andreas Melson Gregersen (2021) introduces the term ‘atmosphering’ and demonstrates how this act involves creating a sense of being in a church without being in a traditional one, and how people perceive this atmosphere.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similarly, to ‘feel at home’ in Japan means to create an atmosphere where practices that create intimacy (often referred to as ‘social heat’) such as sleeping, eating, and bathing are balanced with household members’ desire for autonomy and distance (Daniels 2015). In related ways, white, urban, upper-middle-class American women use ‘ethnic’ objects such as Malian bògòlan candles and cloth to create domestic spaces, which in their words, are full of ‘atmosphere’ and ‘life’ (Bodil Birkebæk Olesen 2010). They feel that exoticised objects can help them overcome the ‘coldness’ of other materials and bring life, and ultimately social relationships, into their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt;. In certain British pubs the atmosphere immerses people in the essence of the place not only to make them feel at home, but primarily to encourage consumption (Shaw 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While this sounds mostly positive and inclusive, atmospheres may just as well limit or exclude people in various ways&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;In &lt;em&gt;Black skin, white masks&lt;/em&gt; (2008), Frantz Fanon analyses what it feels like to be Black in mid-century French society. In a much-quoted scene, he describes sitting at a table and contemplating reaching for matches. He feels inhibited and describes how the gazes of others (whether they are in the room or not) create an ‘atmosphere of certain uncertainty’ (Fanon 2008, 83) that hinders him. This atmosphere is not just something that imposes itself on him in the moment. Rather, it has become a ‘definitive structuring of the self and the world’, part of a dialectical relationality. Because of the oppressive and dangerous atmosphere in which Fanon lived, it is impossible for him to move freely and without fear. His analysis has inspired a vast literature on how the gaze of dominant groups of people can create atmospheres that inhibit or exclude others (Magrì and McQueen 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sara Ahmed (2007) is one of the most prominent contributors to this literature. In her analysis of whiteness, she shows how certain atmospheres can be created in such a way as to exclude non-white bodies. To explain how these atmospheres are formed, she extends Fanon’s account of living under a hostile, white gaze. Ahmed describes the limited scope of action of people of colour in a white world through the notion of ‘orientation’, understood as the different directions people can take in any given moment, which determine what is and is not within their reach (2007). Reflecting on the political dimension of atmosphere more generally, Janis Jenkins (2025) recently added that within any political ethos, the constitution of political subjectivity takes place at the nexus of and orientation and the atmosphere in which we orient.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The stifling effects of atmospheres that Fanon developed with respect to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racialised&lt;/a&gt; limitation and exclusion have been extended to other social categories such as gender, age, and class. Take, for example, outreach events by the International Criminal Court (ICC) in northern Uganda in the late 2010s. Here, ICC staff aimed at curating a ‘transitional justice atmosphere’ which included foreign media audiences but excluded in-person audiences in the village through linguistic and spatial regimes. The constellation of material arrangements contributed significantly to this exclusion: monitors displayed proceedings from The Hague in English, accessible to media representatives but incomprehensible to most local attendees who lacked adequate translation. The small screens and language barrier generated an atmosphere of boredom and restlessness among the physically present audience, yet this remained invisible to distant viewers. Television cameras and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photographers&lt;/a&gt; transmitted a carefully curated &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;visual&lt;/a&gt; atmosphere that suggested engaged participation, while the actual bodily experience of confusion and exclusion felt by local attendees was systematically filtered out of the mediated representation (Bens 2022, 46–71).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Recent scholarship on the political dimension of atmospheres also explores whether some emotions and feelings might not only be shaped by atmosphere but, in Schmitz’s sense, &lt;em&gt;be&lt;/em&gt; atmospheres. In this line of theorising, Schnegg (2024) describes boredom in rural Namibia as an atmosphere that grows in a space created by a longing for a different future. At the same time, people experience the path to this future as being blocked—by the environment, by political and economic marginalisation, by their own bodies, and by others. This atmosphere grips people who describe boredom as ‘riding on their backs’. It can only be lifted if the determining structures change. Here, emotions as atmospheres are intertwined with the political processes responsible for materiality and its lack. In a similar manner, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt;, material, and political processes, as well as the routines of the school day, contribute to an atmosphere of boredom in a Berlin &lt;em&gt;Hauptschule &lt;/em&gt;(Wellgraf 2018). The particular school is attended by the less privileged children in a part of the city characterised by increasing ruin and decay. The feeling of boredom grows in this environment of high unemployment where students experience education as having no future.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Political atmospheres of violence have equally been observed in the afterlife of environmental disasters and armed conflict in Kashmir, for example. These atmospheres have developed in the militarised, ecologically fragile borderlands of Pakistan and India, shaping the lives of people in the two mountain valleys described &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt; by Omer Aijazi (2024). At the same time, Aijazi convincingly demonstrates how people overcome these violent atmospheres through everyday micro-practices such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sharing&lt;/a&gt; and fostering friendships with Allah. This situation compares very well to the ways in which narco-stories within the Mexican and U.S. governments&#039; militarised war on drugs in a Mexican prostitution zone contribute to a violent atmosphere. Here, rumours about how violent narco-criminals are contributed to an affective atmosphere of terror and vulnerability. This atmosphere in turn rendered the public more passive and ultimately led sex workers and other local residents to stop &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;working&lt;/a&gt; in the area and move away (Luna 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the study of atmospheres foregrounds the importance of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt;, feelings, and emotions, it also matters for rational deliberation. At the ICC judging on Uganda’s past conflicts, actors such as prosecutors, defence lawyers, victims, witnesses, and judges compete to influence the atmosphere in these ‘legal spaces’ (Bens 2022, Philoppopoulos Mihalopoulos 2015). They shape the atmosphere to establish specific historical truths about Uganda’s violent past, ‘moral truths’ about who is responsible for this violence, the plausibility of both, the guilt or innocence of individuals, and the justice and legitimacy of whole legal systems, such as international criminal law. To influence these atmospheres, actors try to rearrange bodies in an ‘affective arrangement’ (Slaby et al. 2017), for example by bringing human and non-human witnesses into the courtroom (Bens 2022, 92–110). These atmospheres inside and outside the courtroom serve as ‘affective frames’ for assessing the plausibility of narratives about the past, present, and future (Bens 2022, 71–91).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond rationality, atmospheres help us create meaning. A comparative analysis of museum exhibitions has revealed how atmospheres make things appear to the visitor, as in the case of the exhibition &lt;em&gt;Villa Sovietica&lt;/em&gt; which ran from 2009-2010 at the Ethnographic Museum of Geneva and focused on Soviet objects of everyday life. These objects can never simply be seen. Instead, they require movement of the perceiving body to reach them. This arrangement dissolves the Soviet nature of these objects and opens up other perspectives on them, focusing for example on their materiality, which is similar to that of other objects in the room (Bjerregaard 2015). Similary, it has been argued that the special atmosphere of live recordings of ritual mourning taking place in a Pakistan neighbourhood emanate the &lt;em&gt;mahaul&lt;/em&gt;, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; atmosphere of the ritual. When the consumers of Shia &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; media listen to these live recordings, they contribute to the atmosphere of the public spaces in which they are played (Cooper 2022; 2024). &lt;em&gt;Mahaul&lt;/em&gt;, here, is the Urdu articulation of atmosphere, a category of knowledge and experience, with interesting ethnographic stakes. Importantly, &lt;em&gt;Mahaul&lt;/em&gt; is not only the affective background that gives meaning to things, but also a ‘container’ that holds and frames a situation, as well as the human and non-human entities within it (Cooper 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Studying this interplay of atmosphere, rationality, and meaning-making shows that atmospheres are powerful social forces that shape collective and individual behaviour (Bille and Schwabe 2023). This is evident in the atmosphere created during the temple festival in a Badaga community in southern India (Heidemann 2021). The rituals manifest and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduce&lt;/a&gt; the social order and the positions of groups within it—not unlike in Durkheim’s effervescence, mentioned above. They are also experienced as a tremendous relief by devotees and visitors. In a similar manner, unmarked religiosity has been shown to exist in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25secularism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;secular&lt;/a&gt; Ukrainian society before the war. Theorising this form of religiosity as an atmosphere allows us to show how, in moments of crisis, the religious atmosphere becomes an important resource for political projects, such as the popular uprising of 2013–14 (Wanner 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Sporting&lt;/a&gt; events are prime example of how atmospheres connect, but studies can also show the ambiguous dynamics of such connections. The ‘atmosphere’ of the 2012 London Olympics, for example, embraced and fostered a nationalism that made it difficult, and at times impossible, to express a critical perspective, for example by pointing out that the Olympics were the most expensive security operation in recent British history (Stephens 2016, 183). The impact of atmospheres was particularly evident when, during the Covid-19 &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemic&lt;/a&gt;, fans were not allowed into football stadiums and the 22 players played in front of up to 80,000 empty seats. This atmosphere clearly affected the players’ vitality. While many lacked motivation, some reported feeling more secure and relaxed (Gugutzer 2020b, Edensor 2015). These findings point to an open challenge in atmospheric studies: explaining how an atmosphere can affect different people in different ways.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While many studies of atmospheres focus on the relationships between humans and their built environments, non-human beings can become part of the atmosphere as well. Pigdogging—an Australian form of recreational hunting—relies on close collaboration between people and dogs to locate and catch wild pigs. Hunting with dogs extends human perception into the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;’ extraordinary olfactory range. In this partnership, scent appears not as a mere trace but as atmosphere: an enveloping field that signals where pigs have moved, rested, or turned. The hunt also transforms the landscape’s atmosphere: Human, canine, machine, and terrain become frictionally enmeshed in an embodied, unfolding practice that makes—and remakes—the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscape&lt;/a&gt; through a multisensory chase (Keil 2021, Schroer and Schmitt 2018b).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a related manner, recent scholarship mobilises the idea that atmospheres are an underlying dimension of our connection to all entities we find in this world. Currently, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate&lt;/a&gt; and environmental changes are drastically altering these entities. As a result, the soil dries out, and the grasses and eventually the livestock die, which changes the overall environmental atmosphere (Schnegg 2025). To describe this atmosphere, Damara pastoralists in Namibia use the term &lt;em&gt;ǃŪke-ai&lt;/em&gt;, which translates as ‘collective loneliness’. Similarly, in the Pontine Marshes in Italy, an atmosphere emerges from everyday agricultural practices, like burning reeds, and becomes part of the environment itself (Gruppuso 2018). The marshes are both extremely productive and a breeding ground for mosquitoes and malaria, the Italian contraction for &lt;em&gt;mal’aria&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;aria cattiva&lt;/em&gt;, or ‘bad air’). As such, the atmosphere connects to the environment (here also meteorologically), with breathing playing an important role in the process. Exploring the atmospheric links we create to other species and to post-humanist mixtures of life and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technology&lt;/a&gt; remains a major research gap for the years to come.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;How atmospheres can be analysed and studied&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Given that atmospheres, by their very nature, defy precise description, they pose significant challenges for anthropological analysis. One of the first systematic attempts to address the methodological challenges that atmospheres raise came with the productive distinction between ‘knowing in atmospheres’, ‘knowing about atmospheres’, and ‘knowing through atmospheres’ (Sumartojo and Pink 2019). Thereby, ‘knowing in atmospheres’ names the researcher’s in-situ attunement as an atmosphere unfolds: staying with its contingencies, rhythms, and micro-shifts through go-alongs, recordings, and sensory notes. ‘Knowing about atmospheres’ is a reconstructive, after-the-fact account that draws on interviews, elicitation, and traces to parse how spaces, media, bodies, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; configured what was felt. Finally, ‘knowing through atmospheres’ treats concrete episodes as engines for concept-building, connecting atmospheric experience to broader social and material formations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding people’s feelings as lying ‘in the air’ makes them more accessible (and less deterministic) than placing them in the inner psyche and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;minds&lt;/a&gt; of our interlocutors. However, it poses another salient challenge: how can we explain that individuals can sometimes experience the ‘same’ atmospheres quite differently? Some describe feeling in one way, while others feel differently. Some seem to be completely immersed in an atmosphere, while others merely notice it. Fully understanding and theorising this is still an outstanding theoretical challenge (Seyfert 2012, 29). Recently, the notion of ‘resonance’ has been proposed to explain such individual variation (Schnegg 2025). In this view, people have different ways of resonating with an atmosphere. At least two dimensions may influence how people experience or resonate with a given atmosphere: affective dispositions and symbols.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Affective dispositions can be defined as ‘an individual’s repository of affective traces of past relationships, events, and encounters. These function in the present as potentials to affect and be affected’ (Mühlhoff 2019, 119). Experiencing atmospheres, like other experiences, leaves traces in the subject. Having experienced the exuberance of a festival, the collective excitement of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19sport&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sports&lt;/a&gt; team’s victory, or the wind before the long-awaited rain become part of an individual’s disposition that can be triggered in certain situations. These dispositions are likely to shape how to (re)experience an atmosphere. However, other, even more personal experiences can become part of one’s affective disposition and influence how the atmosphere is felt. Someone will respond differently to the atmosphere of a funeral if they have recently experienced &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt;. Similarly, a herdsman who depends on cattle and rain will resonate differently with an atmosphere that announces rain than a teacher who does not depend on rain at all.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of symbols is equally important to understand whether and how atmospheres resonate with us. Atmospheres are, to a certain extent, pre-reflective, but they still require the interpretation of symbols which contribute to them. Consider walking past a group of noisy football fans, which might feel uncomfortable to some but perfectly normal to people who are used to it. At the same time, it may feel different again to those who can read the symbols on their skin and clothing, which in Germany, for example, sometimes refer to extreme right-wing movements. The symbols may thereby co-create an atmosphere, and they take on meaning through it (Bens 2022, 71–90).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How seriously one takes the role of affective dispositions and symbols in the study of atmospheres depends on the degree to which one believes that experiencing atmospheres is pre-reflective. The &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; record seems to show that atmospheres can not only be consciously curated, but also that people can ‘learn’ or ‘be socialised’ to resonate with particular atmospheres by becoming familiar with their symbols (Schnegg 2024, 2025).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Methodologically speaking, atmospheres can, first, be successfully studied through participant observation. This enables an ethnographic description of the situations and affective arrangements in which atmospheres emerge. It allows us to grasp in detail how human and non-human bodies relate to each other—what sounds, smells, lights, and other diverse components form the building blocks of a given situation. To explore their saliency, ethnographers can ask themselves which components of an arrangement cannot be omitted without significantly changing the atmosphere: this could be a person, a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscape&lt;/a&gt;, a view, a smell, a story, and so on. They can also ask about the specific sequence of events that brought an atmosphere about, as people often only become aware of them when people, landscapes, views, smells, stories, or anything else shifted (Riedel 2019, Bens 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These observations usually trigger atmospheric experiences that the readers themselves have had: affective dispositions evoke a feeling in which similar atmospheric experiences were embedded. Of course, there are several methodological problems with this, including the presumption that the audience of an ethnography has experienced similar atmospheres in order to imagine and reexperience them. For this reason, atmospheric descriptions should be complemented by interviews with participants in the field as well as by autoethnographic reflection.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A second promising method to study atmospheres are &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenological&lt;/a&gt; interviews that explore how our research participants understand and feel in certain situations. Phenomenological interviews ask people to re-experience a particular situation (Schnegg 2023). They begin by eliciting a moment in which an atmosphere, such as eeriness, was felt. In a second step, the interviewees are asked to describe the situation in which something happened as precisely as possible and to mentally reposition themselves in this experience. In the final step, the ethnographer asks the interlocutor to recall the atmosphere and, to some extent, to re-experience it and describe how it felt, without using categories that are too abstract. This elicits an experiential description (Levy and Hollan 1998). In such interviews, ethnographers avoid naming and categorising the atmosphere in advance. Sometimes atmospheres may have names that are not easily translated into English, in which case interviewees can be invited to use non-English terms for them. While phenomenological interviews are typically conducted for moments that the anthropologist has not experienced, they can also be used to describe atmospheres that are known to all participants in the conversation, allowing the data to be triangulated with the descriptions made as described above.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A third method is autoethnography, i.e. describing how an individual themself has experienced a certain situation. Imagine the boredom of waiting with people for a bus, the sadness of a funeral, the excitement of a wedding. Researchers are affected by these atmospheres to varying degrees, and reflecting on these experiences can become a powerful methodological tool, as, for example, Fanon’s work demonstrates. It makes the ethnographer’s own affects and emotions a starting point and an ‘epistemic resource’ for analysis (Stodulka et al. 2018). Ethnographers may also experience liminal moments of change, when constellations in the situation change and atmospheres shift. These affective dissonances in the atmosphere can be an important starting point for ethnographic analysis. All three of these methods—participant observation, phenomenological interviews, and autoethnography—broadly align with approaches generally subsumed within sensory ethnography (Vannini 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Atmospheres are the overall feeling of a situation that people experience individually and collectively. They are created by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; relationships between the human and non-human, material and immaterial bodies that comprise a situation, yet an atmosphere is at the same time more than the sum of its parts. Anthropologists have begun to conceptualise this affective in-between. Most of them agree that atmospheres are situational, that they are formed by the affective forces emanating from bodies present, and that they encompass the sensory impressions left by these bodies, including appearances, smells, views, touches, sounds, lighting, and more. This entry has shown how atmospheres shape how things are perceived, how they become meaningful, how we feel, and what behaviours are appropriate and likely to happen next. As such, atmospheres have significant explanatory power that anthropology should continue to explore.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila, and Catherine A. Lutz, eds. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Language and the politics of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahmed, Sara. 2004. &lt;em&gt;The cultural politics of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2007. “A phenomenology of whiteness.” &lt;em&gt;Feminist Theory&lt;/em&gt; 8, no. 2: 149–68. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1464700107078139&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aijazi, Omer. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheric violence: Disaster and repair in Kashmir.&lt;/em&gt; Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Ben. 2009. “Affective atmospheres.”  &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 2: 77–81. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2009.08.005&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2009.08.005&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, Gregory. 1936. &lt;em&gt;Naven: A survey of the problems suggested by a composite picture of the culture of a New Guinea tribe drawn from three points of view&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benedict, Ruth F. 1934. &lt;em&gt;Patterns of culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Mentor.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bens, Jonas. 2018. “The courtroom as an affective arrangement: Analysing atmospheres in courtroom ethnography.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Legal Pluralism and Unofficial Law&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 3: 336–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/07329113.2018.1550313&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/07329113.2018.1550313&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “The ethnography of affect in discourse practice: Performing sentiment in the time machine.” In &lt;em&gt;Analyzing affective societies: Methods and methodologies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Antje Kahl, 199–213. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. &lt;em&gt;The sentimental court: The affective life of international criminal justice&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel. 2015. “Lighting up: Cosy atmospheres in Denmark.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 56–63. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.008&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.008&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Homely atmospheres and lighting technologies in Denmark: Living with light&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel, Peter Bjerregaard, and Tim Flohr Sørensen. 2015. “Staging atmospheres: Materiality, culture, and the texture of the in-between.”  &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society &lt;/em&gt;15: 31–8. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.002&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.002&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bille, Mikkel, and Siri Schwabe. 2023. &lt;em&gt;The atmospheric city&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bjerregaard, Peter. 2015. “Dissolving objects: Museums, atmosphere and the creation of presence.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 74–81. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.05.002&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.05.002&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Böhme, Gernot. 1993. “Atmosphere as the fundamental concept of a New Aesthetics.” &lt;em&gt;Thesis Eleven&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 113–26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/072551369303600107&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/072551369303600107&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Borneman, John, and Parvis Ghassem-Fachandi. 2017. “The concept of Stimmung: From indifference to xenophobia in Germany’s refugee crisis.” &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; 7: 105–35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clough, Patricia Ticineto, and Jean Halley. 2007. &lt;em&gt;The affective turn: Theorizing the social&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Corbin, Alain. 1982. &lt;em&gt;The foul and the fragrant: Odor and the French social imagination&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coole, Diana, and Samantha Frost, eds. 2010. &lt;em&gt;New materialisms: Ontology, agency, and politics&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cooper, Timothy P.A. 2022. “‘Live has an atmosphere of its own’: &lt;em&gt;Azadari&lt;/em&gt;, ethical orientation, and tuned presence in Shi‘i media praxis.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 28: 651–75. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13712&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13712&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Moral atmospheres: Islam and media in a Pakistani marketplace&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Daniels, Inge. 2015. “Feeling at home in contemporary Japan. Space, atmosphere and intimacy.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 47–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.003&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2014.11.003&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durkheim, Emile. 1995. &lt;em&gt;The elementary forms of religious life&lt;/em&gt;. New York: The Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edensor, Tim. 2015. “Producing atmospheres at the match: Fan cultures, commercialisation and mood management in English football.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 15: 82–9. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.010&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.emospa.2013.12.010&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eisenlohr, Patrick. 2018. “Suggestions of movement: Voice and sonic atmospheres in Mauritian Muslim devotional practices.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 1: 32–57. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.02&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.02&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. “Atmospheric resonance: Sonic motion and the question of religious mediation.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 28, no. 2: 613–31. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13662&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.13662&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. “Atmospheres: The multisensoriality of spatially extended emotions.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 1: 37–50. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12417&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12417&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fanon, Frantz. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Black skin, white masks&lt;/em&gt;. London: Pluto Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gatt, Caroline. 2018. “Living atmospheres: Air, breath, song and mutual constitution in experimental theatre.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 135–52. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Garfinkel, Harold. 1967. &lt;em&gt;Studies in ethnomethodology&lt;/em&gt;. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, Clifford. 1973. &lt;em&gt;The interpretation of cultures&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goffman, Irving. 1961. &lt;em&gt;Encounters: Two studies in the sociology of interaction&lt;/em&gt;. London: Penguin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gregersen, Andreas Melson. 2021. “Exploring the atmosphere inside a liturgical laboratory.” &lt;em&gt;Material Religion &lt;/em&gt;17, no. 5: 627–50. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/17432200.2021.1945990&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/17432200.2021.1945990&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Griffero, Tonino. 2019. “Pathicity: Experiencing the world in an atmospheric way.” &lt;em&gt;Open Philosophy&lt;/em&gt; 2, no. 1: 414–27. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1515/opphil-2019-0031&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1515/opphil-2019-0031&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gruppuso, Paolo. 2018. “Vapours in the sphere: Malaria, atmosphere and landscape in wet lands of Agro Pontino, Italy.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 45–60. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gugutzer, Robert. 2020a. “Beyond Husserl and Schütz: Hermann Schmitz and neophenomenological sociology.” &lt;em&gt;Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour&lt;/em&gt; 50, no. 2: 184–202. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12240&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/jtsb.12240&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020b. “Geisterspiele im Fußball. Zur Macht von Atmosphären im Sport.” &lt;em&gt;Sport und Gesellschaft&lt;/em&gt; 17, no. 3: 319–26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1515/sug-2020-0020&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1515/sug-2020-0020&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Heidemann, Frank. 2021. “Between devotee and God: The study of atmosphere in a South Indian temple festival.” &lt;em&gt;Asian Ethnology&lt;/em&gt; 80, no. 2: 343–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hochschild, Arlie Russell. 1983. &lt;em&gt;The managed heart: Commercialization of human feeling&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jenkins, Janis H. 2025. “Orientation and atmosphere: Toward an anthropology of political subjectivity.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 53:e70023.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keil, Paul G. 2021. “Rank atmospheres. The more-than-human scentspace and aesthetic of a pigdogging hunt.” &lt;em&gt;The Australian Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 96–113.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kolehmainen, Marjo, and Katariina Mäkinen. 2021. “Affective labour of creating atmospheres.” &lt;em&gt;European Journal of Cultural Studies&lt;/em&gt; 24: 448–63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leavitt, John. 1996. “Meaning and feeling in the anthropology of emotions.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 23, no. 3: 514–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Levy, Robert I., and Douglas W. Hollan. 1998. “Person-centered interviewing and observation.” In &lt;em&gt;Handbook of methods in cultural anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by H. Russell Bernard and Clarence C. Gravlee, 313–42. London: Rowman &amp;amp; Littlefield.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Liu, Rui. 2023. “Care in the air? Atmospheres of care in Swedish pharmacies.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Material Culture&lt;/em&gt; 28, no. 3: 409–25. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/13591835221133289&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/13591835221133289&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Luna, Sarah. 2018. “Affective atmospheres of terror on the Mexico-U.S. border: Rumors of violence in Reynosa’s prostitution zone.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 1: 58–84. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.03&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.14506/ca33.1.03&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Magrì, Elisa, and Paddy McQueen. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Critical phenomenology: An introduction&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Polity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mauss, Marcel. (1925) 2016. &lt;em&gt;The gift: Forms and functions of exchange in archaic societies&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Hau Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. (1926) 2002. &lt;em&gt;Manuel d&#039;ethnographie&lt;/em&gt;. Paris: Payot &amp;amp; Rivages.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Massumi, Brian. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Parables for the virtual: Movement, affect, sensation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mühlhoff, Rainer. 2019. “Affective disposition”. In &lt;em&gt;Affective societies: Key concepts&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Jan Slaby and Christian von Scheve, 119–30. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Murphy, Keith M. 2023. “Multimodality”. In &lt;em&gt;A new companion to linguistic anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Alessandro Duranti, Rachel George, and Robin Conley Riner, 443–60. Malden: Wiley Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro-Yashin, Yael. 2009. “Affective spaces, melancholic objects. Ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 15, no. 1: 1–18. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9655.2008.01527.x&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9655.2008.01527.x&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Olesen, Bodil Birkebæk. 2010. “Ethnic objects in domestic interiors: Space, atmosphere and the making of home.” &lt;em&gt;Home Cultures&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 1: 25–41. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.2752/175174210X12572427063760&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.2752/175174210X12572427063760&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Philippopoulos-Mihalopoulos, Andreas. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Spatial justice: Body, lawscape, atmosphere&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Radley, Alan. 1995. “The elusory body and social constructionist theory.” &lt;em&gt;Body &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 1, no. 2: 3–32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Riedel, Friedlind. 2018. “On the dynamic and duration of atmosphere: Sounding out new phenomenology through music at China’s margins.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 172–88. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “Atmosphere.” In &lt;em&gt;Affective societies: Key concepts&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Jan Slaby and Christian von Scheve, 85–95. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Touching feeling: Affect, pedagogy, performativity&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, and Birgitt Röttger-Rössler. 2018. “Introduction: Affect in relation”. In &lt;em&gt;Affect in relation: Families, places, technologies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Birgitt Röttger-Rössler and Jan Slaby, 1–28. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;von Scheve, Christian. 2012. “Collective emotions in rituals: Elicitation, transmission and a ‘Matthew-effect’.” In &lt;em&gt;Emotions in rituals&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Axel Michaels and Christoph Wulf, 55–77. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitt, Susanne B. 2018. “Making charismatic ecologies: Aquarium atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 89–101. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitz, Hermann. 1974. “Das leibliche Befinden und die Gefühle.” &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift für philosophische Forschung&lt;/em&gt; 28: 325–38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Atmosphären&lt;/em&gt;. Freiburg: Herder.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. &lt;em&gt;New phenomenology: A brief introduction&lt;/em&gt;. Sesto San Giovanni: Mimesis International.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schmitz, Hermann, Rudolf Owen Müllan, and Jan Slaby. 2011. “Emotions outside the box: The new phenomenology of feeling and corporeality.” &lt;em&gt;Phenomenology and the Cognitive Sciences&lt;/em&gt; 10, no. 2: 241–59. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11097-011-9195-1&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11097-011-9195-1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schnegg, Michael and Thiemo Breyer. 2022. “Empathy beyond the human: The social construction of a multispecies world.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; 89: 848–69. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/00141844.2022.2153153&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/00141844.2022.2153153&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schnegg, Michael. 2023. “Phenomenological anthropology: Philosophical concepts for ethnographic use.” &lt;em&gt;Zeitschrift für Ethnologie&lt;/em&gt; 148, no. 1: 59–102. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v148i1.1265&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.60827/zfe/jsca.v148i1.1265&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2024. “Rural boredom: Atmospheres of blocked promises.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 30, no. 3: 1–19&lt;em&gt;.&lt;/em&gt; &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.14095&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9655.14095&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2025 “Collective loneliness: Theorizing emotions as atmospheres.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 66, no. 2: 206–31. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/734796&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/734796&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara Asu. 2018. “‘A feeling for birds’: Tuning into more-than-human atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 76–88. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara A. and Susanne B. Schmitt, eds. 2018a. &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schroer, Sara A. and Susanne B. Schmitt. 2018b. “Introduction. Thinking through atmospheres.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 1–11. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seyfert, Robert. 2012. “Beyond personal feelings and collective emotions: Toward a theory of social affect.” &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 6: 27–46. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.1177/0263276412438591&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.1177/0263276412438591&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shaw, Robert. 2018. “The making of pub atmospheres and George Orwell’s ‘Moon under water.’” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 30–44. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Simmel, Georg. 1917. “Die historische Formung.” &lt;em&gt;LOGOS: Internationale Zeitschrift für Philosophie der Kultur&lt;/em&gt; 7, no. 2: 113–52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, Rainer Mühlhoff, and Philipp Wüschner. 2017. “Affective arrangements.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion Review&lt;/em&gt; 11, no. 1: 3–12. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073917722214&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1754073917722214&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stenslund, Anette. 2018. “The harsh smell of scentless art: On the synaesthetic gesture of hospital atmosphere.” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 153–71. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Atmosphere in urban design: A workplace ethnography of an architecture practice.&lt;/em&gt; Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stewart, Kathleen. 2011. “Atmospheric attunements.” &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning D&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;Society and Space&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 3: 445–53. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1068/d9109&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1068/d9109&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stephens, Angharad Closs. 2016. “The affective atmospheres of nationalism.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Geographies&lt;/em&gt; 23, no. 2: 181–98. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/1474474015569994&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/1474474015569994&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stodulka, Thomas, Nasima Selim, and Dominik Mattes. 2018. “Affective scholarship: Doing anthropology with epistemic affects”. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 46, no. 4: 519–36. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12219&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12219&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stoler, Ann Laura. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Carnal knowledge and imperial power: Race and the intimate in colonial rule&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sumartojo, Shanti, and Sarah Pink. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheres and the experiential world. Theory and methods&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thonhauser, Gerhard. 2021. “Beyond mood and atmosphere: A conceptual history of the term &lt;em&gt;Stimmung&lt;/em&gt;.” &lt;em&gt;Philosophia&lt;/em&gt; 49: 1247–65. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11406-020-00290-7&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1007/s11406-020-00290-7&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Throop, C. Jason. 2014. “Moral moods.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 42, no. 1: 65–83. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12039&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12039&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2018 “Being otherwise: On regret, morality and mood.” In &lt;em&gt;Moral engines: Exploring the ethical drives in human life&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Cheryl Mattingly, Rasmus Dyring, Maria Louw and Thomas Schwarz Wentzer, 61–82. New York: Berghahn Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2020. “Meteorological moods and atmospheric attunements.” In &lt;em&gt;Vulnerability and the politics of care: Transdisciplinary dialogues&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Victoria Browne, Doerthe Rosenow, and Jason Danely, 60–77. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thrift, Nigel. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Non-representational theory: Space, politics, affect&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tellenbach, Hubertus. 1981. &quot;Tasting and smelling–Taste and atmosphere–Atmosphere and trust.&quot;  &lt;em&gt;Journal of Phenomenological Psychology&lt;/em&gt; 12, no. 2: 221–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1163/156916281x00254&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1163/156916281x00254&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trigg, Dylan, ed. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Atmospheres and shared emotions: Ambiances, atmospheres and sensory experiences of spaces&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wanner, Catherine. 2020. “An affective atmosphere of religiosity: Animated places, public spaces, and the politics of attachment in Ukraine and beyond.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 62, no. 1: 68–105. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417519000410&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417519000410&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wellgraf, Stefan. 2018. “Hauptschule: Atmospheres of boredom and ruination.” In&lt;em&gt; Exploring atmospheres ethnographically: Anthropological studies of creativity and perception&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sara A. Schroer and Susanne B. Schmitt, 12–29. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zigon, Jarrett. 2014. “Attunement and fidelity: Two ontological conditions for morally being‐in‐the‐world.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 42, no. 1: 16–30. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12036&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/etho.12036&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Michael Schnegg, PhD, is an anthropologist at the University of Hamburg, Germany. He has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in Mexico and Namibia. His current research explores what it feels like to live a rural life in an increasingly urbanised and warming world. To this end, he is contributing to the development of a phenomenological anthropology that brings together philosophers and anthropologists to work towards an empirically grounded theorisation of pressing issues, including climate change. His work has been published in a wide range of journals in anthropology, sociology, economics, communication studies, geography, and theoretical physics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Michael Schnegg, Universität Hamburg, Institute for Social and Cultural Anthropology, Edmund-Siemers-Allee 1, D-20146 Hamburg, https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9240-8836&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jonas Bens is Heisenberg Professor of Anthropology at the University of Hamburg. His research focuses on how people navigate conflicts within plural normative orders, combining long-term ethnographic studies with analyses of various legal systems, including state law and indigenous normative orders. From this perspective, he explores central legal and political concepts such as sovereignty, justice, property, value, and punishment. His most recent monograph is &lt;em&gt;The sentimental court: The affective life of international criminal justice&lt;/em&gt; (2020, Cambridge University Press).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Jonas Bens, Universität Hamburg, Institute for Social and Cultural Anthropology, Edmund-Siemers-Allee 1, D-20146 Hamburg, https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3485-0436&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Hanna Nieber&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Tue, 25 Nov 2025 07:40:13 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2065 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Deep sea</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/deep-sea</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/advhena_magnifica_prior_to_being_collected_2016.png?itok=C1vlFhDQ&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;A glass sponge known as &#039;&#039;Advhena magnifica&#039;&#039; in the Pacific Ocean being collected in 2016, at a depth of 2,000 meters. Picture by the &lt;a href=&quot;https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Advhena_magnifica_prior_to_being_collected_2016.png&quot;&gt;US Office of Ocean Exploration and Research&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/power&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Power&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/science-technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Science &amp;amp; Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/marta-gentilucci&quot;&gt;Marta Gentilucci&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Bergen&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;11&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Aug &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25deepsea&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25deepsea&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The mystery evoked by the deep sea—its darkness, remoteness, and inaccessibility—has long captivated the public imagination. Iconic works of science fiction as well as pioneering documentaries reflect a fascination with unveiling the unknown; this spirit of discovery, of bringing light into the depths, remains alive today and has arguably even intensified. The deep sea has also emerged as a critical geopolitical space. Scientists race to study its fragile and little-understood ecosystems before commercial deep-sea mining gains momentum, aiming to fill urgent knowledge gaps. In this high-stakes environment, anthropologically ‘being (down) there’ is no longer solely about exploring the abyss itself. Rather, it is increasingly about gaining a voice within scientific discourse and broader societal debates. Today, more than ever, anthropology must engage with this sociopolitical space.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This entry highlights anthropology’s shy yet critical approach to the deep sea as an ethnographic site—one imbued with meanings that shift depending on who encounters it, with what tools, and through which mediations. It does so through interdisciplinary insights from the social sciences and reflections that are profoundly anthropological in theory. The first section explores the deep sea’s otherness or strangeness, a space that challenges terrestrial frameworks and poses questions about the nature of knowledge. The second examines how the deep sea is socially constructed through politics of (in)visibility and the deep sea’s representation as a chaotic and messy space. The third highlights how relationships between human and non-human life in the deep sea can be reimagined in non-extractive and porous ways. The fourth presents another approach, viewing the deep sea as a privileged site from which to interrogate the past, critique the present, and envision Afrofuturistic futures. Polyphonic in nature, this entry invites readers to explore the deep sea through multiple social science perspectives, collectively capturing its complexity and significance.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction: Under pressure&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As the spectre of deep-sea &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt; (DSM) looms large, it has galvanised a diverse coalition of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientists&lt;/a&gt;, activists, NGOs, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artists&lt;/a&gt;, writers, and global communities. In the near future, large quantities of minerals, including those used in electronics, batteries, and green &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; such as copper, nickel, cobalt, iron, manganese, and rare earth elements, are highly likely to be extracted from the seabed. Scientifically, the deep sea refers to oceanic regions below approximately 200 meters—the depth at which sunlight gives way to perpetual darkness. However, global attention is increasingly drawn to even greater depths, as DSM is expected to extend down to 5,000 meters. Now more than ever, the media spotlight is focused on the deep sea and its ‘alien’ creatures—organisms with extraordinary adaptations that allow them to survive under extreme pressure and in harsh, lightless conditions. At these depths, pressure increases dramatically, while temperature, oxygen levels, and food availability sharply decline. DSM is also under pressure, facing growing scrutiny from scientists, policymakers, and civil society. Unlike historical precedents in industries such as oil and gas—where legislation typically followed technological and commercial breakthroughs or disasters—DSM is experiencing a reversal of this pattern: regulatory frameworks are being developed in advance, actively shaping and steering both technological innovation and commercialisation efforts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A realm governed by the vast &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25time&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;timescales&lt;/a&gt; of geological and ecological processes—what Richard Irvine (2014) calls ‘deep time’—the deep sea has become a major geopolitical issue (Hannigan 2016), caught in a clash of competing temporalities. Despite the inherently slow epistemic process, scientists are working with urgency to fill critical knowledge gaps about its ecosystems before the accelerating mineral rush begins. In this high-stakes context, ‘getting (down) there’ is not only about reaching physical depths but also about navigating the tension between ocean preservation and industrial exploitation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Today, more than ever, anthropology must engage with this seascape, which—as this entry shows—is increasingly seen as a sociopolitical space. In recent decades, anthropology has expanded its focus beyond coastal fishing communities to engage with the ocean more broadly (Helmreich 2009, 2015, 2023; Aswani 2020; Leivestad 2022; Dua 2024a, 2024b). This includes explorations of human-ocean creature &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; (Uimonen and Masimbi, 2021; Ahlberg 2022), underwater worlds (Helmreich 2007; Rodineliussen 2024), and offshore industries (Appel 2012; Schober 2022; Markkula 2022), including deep-sea mining (Gentilucci 2022, 2024; Larsen 2024). This growing attention to the ocean is part of a broader shift in the social sciences and humanities—variously termed the ‘oceanic turn’ (Deloughrey 2016), the ‘blue turn’ (Braverman and Johnson 2020), or ‘blue humanities’ (Mentz 2023). These movements have contributed significantly to challenging ‘terra-centric’ perspectives on the sea (Steinberg and Peters 2015), advocating for approaches that think in and through the ocean as a form of radically situated knowledge (Jue 2020). More recently, hydrofeminist perspectives, which emphasise a reciprocal relationship with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;—learning from it while also giving back by embracing shared responsibility—have further deepened these discussions (Shefer, Bozalek and Romano 2024). Despite the growing anthropological literature on the ocean, the deep sea itself remains relatively understudied in anthropology, especially when compared to the growing attention it has received in other social sciences.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is then crucial to highlight anthropology’s subtle yet critical approach to the deep sea as an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; site—one imbued with meanings that shift depending on who encounters it, with what tools, and through which mediations. Equally important are the foundational insights contributed by historians of science, geographers, media scholars, and cultural theorists. These reflections are pivotal to anthropology, enabling it to recentre its &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; in the scientific and public debate. While the approaches outlined here are marked by distinct methods, analytical frameworks, and ethico-political aims, they share at least two key features: a critical engagement with the scientific and epistemological challenges posed by the deep sea, and an emphasis on the environment’s unique materialities that blur the boundaries between distance and proximity, the known and the unknown, the familiar and the unfamiliar, the visible and the invisible, as well as connection and disconnection.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The entry is divided into four sections. The first focuses on the deep sea as an (un)familiar place that challenges epistemologies of life. The second takes on a political lens, showing how the deep sea’s unique characteristics give rise to a politics of (in)visibility. The third section explores the potential for porous encounters between humans, machines, and the abyss. The last one approaches the deep sea as a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; space in which the past, the present, and new alternative futures are claimed. The conclusion invites reflection on the deep sea as an ethnographic field, encouraging a rethinking of how fieldwork is conducted in unconventional or hard-to-access environments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Life and knowledge at the edge&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A significant inspiration to the anthropological study of the deep sea comes from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historians&lt;/a&gt;, who trace the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; and cultural history of how the deep ocean emerged as a distinct territory—one in which nations began to assert claims of sovereignty and control (Rozwadowski 2005). Between 1840 and 1880, British and American scientists and hydrographers extensively studied the deep sea, a period marked by heightened cultural fascination with maritime depths. Scientific exploration during this era intersected with a broader acknowledgment of the economic and social importance of the maritime world, shaped by mid-nineteenth century maritime practices, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt;, and cultures. This setting was characterised by a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculine&lt;/a&gt; naval culture, physical challenges, and harsh conditions—a blending of scientific inquiry with maritime &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;work&lt;/a&gt; cultures. Notably, this period included the first global deep-sea exploration, conducted by the HMS &lt;em&gt;Challenger&lt;/em&gt; expedition (1873–76), which carried out meteorological and biological observations, as well as soundings to identify potential submarine cable routes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The deep ocean, once regarded as an ‘unfathomable barrier’, gradually became a space accessible to technological observation, facilitated by the laying of submarine cables aimed at generating knowledge about undersea landforms, deep trenches, and seafloor conditions (Starosielski 2015, 203). While these expeditions occasionally retrieved organisms when recovering cables, misconceptions of the deep sea as a lifeless abyss persisted for decades. The serendipitous encounter with life in extreme conditions ‘turns out to be a relatively recent possibility, not just technologically but epistemologically’ (Helmreich 2009, 36). It is worth highlighting here the vivid account of the encounter with hydrothermal vent chimneys, cylindric structures on the ocean floor that may emit mineral-rich &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, during the 1978 Galapagos Hydrothermal Expedition (Ballard and Hively 2017): ‘We couldn’t help but wonder what so many animals were doing at that depth, in that eternal darkness. […] But we were not biologists. We were supposed to be finding warm water’ (170). The discovery sparked profound fascination: ‘We felt as if we had glimpsed unknown, alien life on a new world, or at least an alternate version of life as we know it’ (Ballard and Hively 2017, 173).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This unfamiliar life at the bottom of the ocean, particularly deep-sea microbes thriving at the edges of hydrothermal vents and adapted to extreme conditions, captivated public imaginaries, scientific debate, and anthropological interest in these debates. Questions on whether these microbes could be humanity’s most ancient ancestors remain unanswered, but they show how these organisms challenge human-centred notions of lineage and evolution (Helmreich 2009). The deep sea is in fact a complex ecosystem that defies anthropocentric perspectives and resists being captured in a singular narrative. These organisms are ‘strangers’: beings that are ‘not yet—or not fully ever—friend or enemy, self or other’ (Helmreich 2009, 17).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Life in the deep sea and the knowledge surrounding it are central themes in the ongoing debate on DSM. Establishing a baseline—the current state of the environment—for assessing the impact of mineral extraction is challenging due to significant scientific gaps in our understanding of the fauna inhabiting this remote and largely unexplored habitat. Anthropologists ask what it might mean for people to develop an interest in life at the ocean’s depths—and to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; for creatures so profoundly different from the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt; humans typically recognise (Alaimo 2025). The deep sea is an unfamiliar environment: unlike forests, mountains, or other recognisable &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscapes&lt;/a&gt;, it remains inaccessible to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourists&lt;/a&gt; or casual observers and can only be experienced through costly, technologically mediated scientific expeditions (Alaimo 2025). It evokes a multifaceted aesthetic engagement—ranging from ‘the beautiful, the adorable, the surreal, the weird, the monstrous, the grotesque, the psychedelic, the unfathomable, and even the self-reflexive Anthropocene’ (Alaimo 2025, 13). These aesthetic dimensions deeply influence human imagination and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethical&lt;/a&gt; reflection. The deep sea’s extraterrestrial nature is a realm where life hovers at the very limits of what humans can comprehend (Helmreich 2009, Alaimo 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, this otherworldly perception of the deep sea should not alienate us from recognising the real and tangible consequences of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt;, ocean acidification, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt;, industrial fishing, and pollution. The fact that abyssal zones differ from shallow waters does not imply a lack of interconnection between them. Oceanographers, for example, remind us that benthic creatures (organisms that live on or near the bottom of marine ecosystems such as sponges, worms, sea stars, etc.) rely on phenomena like whale falls, in which whale carcasses sink to the deep-sea floor. Framing the deep ocean as unknowable could reinforce the mistaken idea of it as ‘a separate realm where human harms dissolve into invisibility’ (Alaimo 2025, 11).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;As we encounter different aesthetic and scientific captures of deep-sea creatures, the question of what it means for the depths to be unknowable will repeatedly arise — as a way to dodge legal and financial responsibility, as an admission of scientific or scholarly failure, as a pervasive cultural trope, as a mathematical impasse, as an impetus for environmentally ethical epistemologies, or as an ordinary, even clichéd, sense of the wondrous and sublime (Alaimo 2025, 12).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The (un)knowability of the deep sea raises an epistemological dilemma. With DSM now at stake, this largely unknown and enigmatic maritime space is being transformed into one that must be rendered visible, mapped, and digitised as extensively as possible. Evidence must be gathered to reduce uncertainty and risks. Notably, the United Nations’ Decade of Ocean Science for Sustainable Development has endorsed &lt;em&gt;Seabed2030&lt;/em&gt;, a flagship programme driven by a global consortium of partners across industry, government, academia, philanthropy, and civil society, with the ambitious goal of producing a complete map of the world’s ocean floor by 2030.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; Furthermore, significant public and private funding is currently directed toward both ‘unlocking’ the value of the deep—to use the terminology favoured by many DSM stakeholders—and filling knowledge gaps in deep-sea ecosystems through scientific research. As the deep sea becomes increasingly entangled in economic, technological, and political ambitions, questions emerge not only about who has the right to know but also what kind of knowledge has to be sought. It is this tension that surfaced, for example, at the Deep-Sea Minerals Conference held in Bergen, Norway in April 2025, where the pressing issue was: when do we know that we know enough? — a question driven mostly by the market imperatives of DSM. It is therefore important to consider the ‘context of motivation’ among scientists leading deep-sea exploration—specifically, how they frame their mission as a pursuit of something larger than themselves, a moral imperative or higher calling (Oreskes 2021, 499). What scientists choose to make knowable (visible), and what they allow to remain unknowable (invisible), is ultimately a political decision.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Both knowing and unknowing the deep sea present their own problems. In the name of science and for the ‘love of facts’—and because environmental assessments are essential for regulating the future of deep-sea mining—scientific research can sometimes become entangled in extractive logics. For instance, whether or not to extract a sample from an active hydrothermal vent can become a point of contention among scientists. While collecting data to understand fluid chemistry is crucial for comparing life at active versus inactive vents—and ultimately for challenging the ambitions of deep-sea mining proponents—some stakeholders in deep-sea mining argue that such scientific practices should also be subject to regulation. For example, in an effort to protect coral reefs, scientists could deploy killer robots programmed to inject a lethal substance into crown-of-thorns starfish which feed on coral (Braverman 2020). While robots, with their physical capacity to perform tasks that humans cannot, can bring us emotionally and epistemologically closer to the ocean, they can also obscure the ethical implications of violence in marine ecosystems. By outsourcing harm to non-human actors, they displace responsibility (Braverman 2020, 162). The mechanisation of knowledge production in marine environments—deciding which species ‘make live’ or ‘make die’—not only obscures human &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; but also generates a space of biopolitical governance, where life is managed remotely and often invisibly (Braverman 2020, 148).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As in the oil and gas sector, environmental risk legislation in the DSM sector is tightly linked to the setting of ecological thresholds. To establish these thresholds for ecotoxicology (how toxic substances affect the reproduction and survival of organisms within an ecosystem) in deep-sea fauna, scientists assess the balance of entire ecosystems. While some species may be more resistant to stress than others, the goal is to integrate various data types to evaluate the overall impact. Crucially, the loss of a particular species is not necessarily a concern—what matters is whether its ecological function can be replaced. This involves determining whether another species can fulfil the role of a sensitive organism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The current rush to collect as much data as possible—whether to support DSM, to monitor its impacts, or to oppose it—raises urgent anthropological questions. Why is it so difficult to leave the deep sea unknown, unmeasured, undivided, and uncontrolled? What does this compulsion to know—and thereby to claim—reveal about our broader relationships to nature, science, and power?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The deep sea is already deeply entangled with legal regimes, ranging from international treaties to national jurisdictions. These numerous and often overlapping legal frameworks are largely invisible to the public. ‘Like the ocean’s abyss, the legal abyss, too, is out of sight, out of mind, and out of the frame of reference for most lay persons’ (Braverman 2024, 4). Most people onshore remain unaware of ‘those dark, remote, and unexciting practices that take place in locations so vastly removed from the ocean’ (Braverman 2024, 4).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Material politics of (in)visibility&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The deep sea oscillates between visibility and invisibility depending on the stakes involved. It is both an untouched, mysterious frontier far from sight, and a critical, contested space for human industrial or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; extraction. Catastrophic events—such as the Deepwater Horizon spill, one of the largest environmental disasters in history, which occurred in the Gulf of Mexico on April 20, 2010—have the power to expose and disrupt an industry, like the oil industry, that largely operates out of sight of the oil-consuming public (Watts 2015). It also showed to politicians, fishers, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourism&lt;/a&gt; operators the danger of taking marine resources for granted (Adler 2019). The deep sea has long occupied a special place in the human imagination, seen as exotic, empty, otherworldly—a kind of earthly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25outerspace&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;outer space&lt;/a&gt;. It is precisely the perceived absence of humans in the deep sea, coupled with the opaque materiality of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, that helps sustain the enduring notion of the ocean as a frontier space (Ratté 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This frontier can be seen as a space of disorder, where the oil supply chain not only absorbs but also accumulates and generates systemic risk, because ‘much of what is entailed in deepwater production is literally invisible (underwater), but also because the normalized operations [are] in extremis laid bare’ (Watts 2015, 214). As a result, the offshore oil industry often remains hidden until a disaster makes its precariousness undeniable, drawing attention to the risks inherent in its operations and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethical&lt;/a&gt; dilemmas that arise when the deep sea is treated as an invisible resource frontier. The chaos and ‘messiness’ of the deep sea are also key factors in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; that analyse how companies, for example, legitimise deep-sea mining projects (Childs 2019; Han 2022). Hydrothermal vents, underwater volcanoes, and the irregular crusts of seamounts are characteristics of the deep sea that corporations emphasise to influence political decisions. The sediment plume — underwater ‘clouds’ composed of dissolved materials and fine particles suspended from the seabed and generated by mineral collectors — is often described by DSM actors as relatively imperceptible, in stark contrast to the black smoke of hydrothermal vents (Childs 2019). This reframing serves to minimise the environmental impact of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt; operations, which create sediment plume, as relatively invisible within the dynamic and chaotic deep-sea environment. The black smoke of hydrothermal vents, by contrast, is highlighted to depict the environment as legible and manageable (Childs 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sediment plumes have emerged as a significant conceptual and analytical lens through which the deep sea is examined in the social sciences. They are characterised as ‘spectral’ phenomena, existing at the threshold between the perceptible and imperceptible, the visible and invisible (Han 2024). In popular imaginaries of the deep sea, expanding tendrils of fluid and smoke continue to evoke associations with war, fire, and contamination, ‘connected to hell itself’ (Ballard 2023). Traditionally, plumes have served as visual markers of destruction and disturbance, yet they can also function as invisible hazards, potential risks for investors, or visible manifestations of broader, intangible events and natural phenomena that can be strategically managed through dispersion (Han 2024). The efforts to regulate these environments and control plume mobility—‘making visible that which is always in the process of becoming invisible’ (Han 2024, 96)—depend on a range of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technological&lt;/a&gt; interventions, including sensors, dyes, and other monitoring devices designed to render the unseen legible within modelling technologies. Examining how scientists and corporate managers interpret sediment plumes—through their abstraction into graphs, simulations, and digital imagery—reveals how the deep sea is not merely discovered but actively constructed through scientific and industrial practices (Gentilucci 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Porous encounters &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological reflections on how the remote, seemingly human-less deep sea is rendered knowable—via visualisation, digitisation, and data extraction—have turned attention toward the embodied experiences of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientists&lt;/a&gt; themselves, particularly as they operate marine robotics. Oceanographers’ reliance on sensors and robotic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt;—deeply entangled with the sea’s material and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; dimensions—produces novel sensory relationships between humans and nonhumans (Helmreich 2009; Lehman 2020). In a similar vein, the anthropology of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25outerspace&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;outer space&lt;/a&gt; has highlighted the embodied engagements of scientists with their technological surrogates, such that they ‘become rovers’ by learning to ‘see like a rover’ (Vertesi 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The sensory modes through which the deep sea has been scientifically understood have evolved over time—from the tactile to the auditory and, finally, to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21visual&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;visual&lt;/a&gt; (Helmreich 2009). This progression has made the submarine world simultaneously more comprehensible and more fantastical (Helmreich 2009). To gain experience of the deep sea, anthropologists and other social scientists rely on the same technical aids as the oceanographers with whom and through whom they study. Stefan Helmreich, for example, boarded the renowned submarine &lt;em&gt;Alvin&lt;/em&gt;—the same that accompanied Ballard and other oceanographers during the first explorations of hydrothermal vents—which led him to conceptualise human interaction with the deep sea through the lens of what he terms the ‘submarine cyborg’. This medium of engagement ‘blurs distinctions between inside and outside, artifice and environment’ and is simultaneously ‘hyper-present and invisible’, much like the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt; surrounding the submarine itself (Helmreich 2009, 214). What distinguishes the submarine cyborg is not merely its ability to operate within boundaries but its capacity to dissolve them entirely, merging interior and exterior spaces.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The dissolution of boundaries in the deep sea has prompted scholars to explore more porous and reciprocal forms of engagement with the ocean. Investigations of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24architecture&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;architectural&lt;/a&gt; innovations of Olivier Bocquet are interesting in this respect (Brugidou and Clouette 2021). Bocquet is an architect collaborating with scientific institutes in Paris to design underwater habitats, including those at abyssal depths. His projects extend beyond the technological advancements of deep-sea robotics to address a more fundamental question: abyssal habitability. Among his innovations is the BathyReef ramp, a 3D-printed biomimetic concrete mesh designed to support remotely operated vehicles (ROVs). Bocquet conducted an extensive inventory of sponge forms to identify those best suited to support the robot’s weight while simultaneously fostering a habitat for microorganisms. The ramp is thus conceived not merely as a structural element but as a catalyst for life, engineered to attract bioluminescent microorganisms that may aggregate over time. This luminous presence, in turn, could attract other species, gradually transforming the structure into a multi-layered habitat—one that ultimately contributes to conceptualising the possibility of human habitability in the deep sea. The ramp is deliberately unfinished at the moment of immersion. Rather than being a static structure, it evolves dynamically as local and transient organisms colonise it, transforming it into a living system (Brugidou and Clouette 2021). The materiality of the deep sea and the relationships it enables allow the ramp to function as a sanctuary for organisms drawn to light. While its foundation is human made, its subsequent layers emerge through interactions with non-human actors such as robots, bacteria, and marine life. In this context, the human is no longer central to reflections on abyssal architecture. The design of a ‘cohabitation reef’ constitutes not only a technical challenge but an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; one, redefining the relationship between human and non-human life in the deep-sea.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;(T)he boundaries of the human are no longer central to the reflection on abyssal architecture. […] The design of a cohabitation reef becomes the technical, and even ontological, challenge of architectural work. This is what we call the symbiotic paradigm (Brugidou and Clouette 2021, 3).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If capitalist, extractivist, and industrial approaches to the deep sea are ‘a-porous’ (‘aporétique’), this example examined by social scientists offers an alternative framework—one in which human presence in the abyss is porous, shaped through the gradual co-creation of a shared habitat as microorganisms settle and transform the environment (Brugidou and Clouette 2021, 3). Understanding the deep sea as a highly sensory place that allows for porous human–non-human encounters helps us acknowledge the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; of the beings that inhabit it. In contrast to portrayals of the deep sea as an empty, lifeless void, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; writing reveals it to be a vibrant, non-human-rich ecosystem—one that may even be haunted by ‘ghosts’ (Palermo 2022).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The Blackness of the abyss&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the social sciences and humanities, the deep sea is sometimes conceptualised as a ‘ghostscape’—a space where the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of the transatlantic slave trade resurface, and where Afrofuturist imaginaries and alternative world-views begin to take shape:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;Coming from the Abyss, these ghosts re-emerge to question us about the past, the present, and possible alternative sea-related futures, as a presence-absence on the threshold between the visible and the invisible, the no-longer and the not-yet: a space of possibilities (Palermo 2022, 41).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This perspective challenges visions of the ‘cyborgs of the deep’ as the only ‘heroes’ that will allow society to meet the requests of the ‘Green Shift’, i.e. of transitioning towards more environmentally friendly ways of living (Palermo and Steinberg 2024, 9). The deep sea is populated by ‘unseen bodies […] whose hauntings persist’ even as their stories are obscured by the plumes of the remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) used to collect minerals (Palermo and Steinberg 2024). Recognising these ghosts and incorporating Black history into our understanding of the deep sea means examining the relationship between &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt;, exploration and the ocean.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thus, the abyss is the space of the White Whale described in &lt;em&gt;Moby-Dick&lt;/em&gt;—the formidable, uncontrollable force that defies human dominance and ‘whose rolling and vaulting in the depths of the sea stands for the alliance between modernity, capitalism, coloniality, and the conquest of ocean-space’ (Palermo and Steinberg 2024, 10). The whale’s roundness symbolises the idea of the globe as something to be conquered, mapped, and controlled, while its elusiveness reflects the unattainable nature of these desires when driven by capitalist and colonial imperatives. The abyss is also the space of ‘the Drexciyan myth’, developed by Drexciya—an electronic music duo from Detroit, composed of James Stinson and Gerald Donald. They reimagine the transatlantic voyage of slaves (‘the Middle Passage’) as the origin of an underwater nation, born from the unborn children of enslaved African pregnant women thrown overboard during the transatlantic crossing. Such Afrofuturist mythology—expressed through music, visual &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt;, comic books and novellas—show that our understandings of the deep sea are deeply historically informed, often harking back to times of slavery and colonialism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some scholars have even called for the Middle Passage to be formally recognised as cultural heritage within the legal framework of the International Seabed Authority (ISA), which governs DSM activities in international waters (Turner et al. 2020). While the ISA does adopt the language of heritage—referring to deep-sea resources as the ‘common heritage of humankind’ and requiring that ‘a prospector shall immediately notify the Secretary-General in writing of any finding in the Area of an object of actual or potential archaeological or historical nature and its location’—it notably excludes recognition of intangible heritage.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; It is not uncommon to find marine archaeologists at DSM-related meetings—perhaps because their interests align more closely with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt; operations than one might expect. Indeed, ‘the blue archive and the blue frontier are two sides of the same coin’ (Han 2024, 30), and special attention must be paid to how we collectively make sense of the deep sea.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;The construction of a speculative seabed archive through the language of common heritage can thus, practically speaking, become a tool of colonization. In the blue archive, the notion of a ‘resource’ or ‘cultural artifact’ is thereby invented alongside the designation of others as obstacles (ocean waste, natural turbulence, indigenous communities, environmental fragility) (Han 2024, 45-46).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The jurisdictional structure of maritime space has increasingly become the politically-sanctioned battleground for turning the deep sea and its seabed into economic territory (Gentilucci 2022). For several decades, coastal states have been permitted to submit claims to the Commission on the Limits of the Continental Shelf (CLCS, established in 1997) to extend their continental shelf. In the juridical definition, this concept refers to the seabed and subsoil extending beyond a coastal state&#039;s territorial sea, up to 200 nautical miles from the baseline, within which the state holds exclusive rights to explore and exploit natural resources. Meanwhile, the ISA—composed of 167 member states, with the United States being a notable exception—has entered into 15-year contracts for the exploration of mineral resources in the deep-seabed with 22 contractors operating across various oceanic regions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alongside legal and extractive frameworks, alternative imaginaries—such as those inspired by Drexciyan mythology—disrupt dominant logics of ownership and exploitation. Attuning ourselves to these forgotten heroes, buried in the seabed and disturbed by the drilling of robotic machines, invites a critical rethinking of the ongoing territorialisation of the ocean. These visions ‘re-turn colonial geo-logics, slowly tearing at colonial pasts, presents, and futures in an iterative, ongoing process of imaginative decolonisation’ (Stuer 2025, 33-4). The ghosts of a violent past call us to awareness, mourning, and action, urging us to envision oceanic futures that resist repetition and reclaim submerged histories (Patrizi 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: ‘Being (down) there’&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The deep sea is not yet a distinct subfield within anthropology, nor is it likely to become one. It will probably be integrated into the broader domain of the anthropology of the ocean. Yet this does not diminish its significance as a site for anthropological reflection. On the contrary, the issues raised by scholars engaging with the deep sea are deeply anthropological in nature. They involve questions of otherness and estrangement, which unsettle terrestrial assumptions and challenge conventional &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; methods. The deep sea also invites to contemplate concepts such as chaos and disorder, and to critically examine the politics of corporate legitimacy. It blurs the boundaries between the visible and the invisible, the interior and the exterior, the knowable and the unknowable, the familiar and the alien. In doing so, it opens up space for porous, entangled, and multi-species encounters but also for rethinking the past and imagining alternative futures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;All the reflections raised in this entry lead back to a central question: can the deep sea be considered an ethnographic site? And if so, how can anthropologists uphold the foundational principle of ‘being there’—a core tenet of ethnographic fieldwork—when the field itself resists direct human presence? Much like &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25outerspace&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;outer space&lt;/a&gt;, the deep sea challenges conventional understandings of fieldwork (Messeri 2016; Gorbanenko et al. 2025). However, physical and experiential distance from the object of study does not necessarily undermine anthropological engagement. ‘Are we still anthropologists if we go to space using only our imaginations?’ (Dovey and Potts 2025, 130). Anthropology needs to expand ‘being-in-person modes of ethnographic immersion’ (Dovey and Potts 2025, 130) and embrace a ‘one step-removed presence’—a partial, mediated, and prosthetic form of engagement (Helmreich 2007).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;Marine biologists’ immersion of devices, like their robot, in the deep sea, my immersion for a time in their social practice and language; their remote readouts of deep dynamics, my semi-detached participant-observation... The more I thought about it, though, the stranger fieldwork seemed as a word for what we were doing... (Helmreich 2007, 21–2).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Like oceanographers, anthropologists cannot directly observe the deep sea with their own eyes. The engagement with this environment is highly mediated—through research vessels, remote sensors, autonomous machines, graphs, images, algorithms, and other &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt;. Anthropologists who want to ask about this ‘out of sight and reach’ realm, the deep sea, should look ‘over the shoulder of marine biologists’ (Helmreich 2007, 28) and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientists&lt;/a&gt; at work. However, they may encounter challenges in doing so, such as trying to join research-based sea expeditions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Being on board a research cruise, sitting in control rooms where scientists navigate remotely operated vehicles (ROVs), or observing their work in laboratories—all of this depends on access and permissions granted. The deep sea today is not a neutral scientific space—on the contrary, it is highly contested and politicised. In the current ‘call for science’ to gather knowledge before industrial exploitation intensifies, anthropologists—and social scientists more broadly—are not always welcomed participants. Research cruises are costly endeavours, often funded by industry, and participation is tightly controlled. Priority is typically given to natural scientists collecting quantitative and computational data, rendering anthropologists potentially superfluous in their eyes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What kind of knowledge, then, can anthropologists contribute? This entry aims to encourage deeper engagement with this ethnographic realm, asserting the importance of claiming a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; within both scientific discourse and broader societal debates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adler, Anthony. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Neptune&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s laboratory: Fantasy, fear, and science at sea&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahlberg, Karin. 2022. “Who cares about jellyfish? An environmental legacy of the Suez Canal begins to surface.” &lt;em&gt;International Journal of Middle East Studies.&lt;/em&gt; 54, no. 4: 764–71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alaimo, Stacy. 2012. “States of suspension: Trans-corporeality at sea.” &lt;em&gt;Interdisciplinary Studies in Literature and Environment&lt;/em&gt;. 19, no. 3: 476–93.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2025. &lt;em&gt;The abyss stares back: Encounters with deep-sea life&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appel, Hannah. 2012. “Offshore work: Oil, modularity, and the how of capitalism in Equatorial Guinea.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 39, no. 4: 692–709.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2019. &lt;em&gt;The licit life of capitalism: US oil in Equatorial Guinea&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aswani, Shankar. 2020. “New directions in maritime and fisheries anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 122, no. 3: 473–86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ballard, Robert D. and Will Hively. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The eternal darkness: A personal history of deep-sea exploration&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Braverman, Irus. 2020. “Robotic life in the deep sea.” In &lt;em&gt;Blue legalities: The life and laws of the sea&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Irus Braverman and Elizabeth Johnson, 147–64. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2024. “Law’s abyss.” Paper within short symposium, “Technoscientific imaging and the territorialization of ocean depth,” edited by João Afonso Baptista et al. &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544241302929&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544241302929&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Braverman, Irus and Elizabeth Johnson, eds. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Blue legalities: The life and laws of the sea&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brugidou, Jeremie and Fabien Clouette. “Habiter les abysses?” &lt;em&gt;Techniques &amp;amp; Culture&lt;/em&gt; 75: 198–201. https://doi.org/10.4000/tc.15690  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Childs, John. 2019. “Greening the blue? Corporate strategies for legitimising deep sea mining.” &lt;em&gt;Political Geography &lt;/em&gt;74, 102060. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2019.102060&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1016/j.polgeo.2019.102060&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DeLoughrey, Elizabeth. 2016. “The oceanic turn: submarine futures of the Anthropocene.” In &lt;em&gt;Humanities for the environment: Integrating knowledge, forging new constellations of practice,&lt;/em&gt; edited by Joni Adamson and Michael Davis, 256–72. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dovey, Ceridwen and Rowena Potts. 2025. “Are we still anthropologists if we go to space using only our imaginations?” In &lt;em&gt;Exploring ethnography of outer space, &lt;/em&gt;edited by Jenia Gorbanenko, David Jeevendrampillai, and Adryon Kozel, 127–43. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dua, Jatin. 2024a. “Anthropology at sea: Displacement as ethnographic praxis.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 51, no. 1: 40-6.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2024b. “Anthropology of and from the ocean.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;53: 165–81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gentilucci, Marta. 2022. “Pacific Islands: Sources of raw materials.” In &lt;em&gt;The Oxford handbook of economic imperialism&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Immanuel Ness and Zak Cope, 475–95. New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;—— &lt;/strong&gt; 2024. “Exploring oceanic dimensions: Rethinking materiality and automation in deep-sea mining.” &lt;em&gt;Public Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;6, no. 2: 292–314.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gorbanenko, Jenia, David Jeevendrampillai, and Adryon Kozel, eds. 2025.&lt;em&gt; Exploring ethnography of outer space. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Han, Lisa Yin. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Deepwater alchemy: Extractive mediation and the taming of the seafloor&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hannigan, John. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The geopolitics of deep oceans&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Helmreich, Stefan. 2007. “An anthropologist underwater: Immersive soundscapes, submarine cyborgs, and transductive ethnography.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 34, no. 4: 621–41.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2009. &lt;em&gt;Alien ocean: Anthropological voyages in microbial seas&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;—— &lt;/em&gt;2015. &lt;em&gt;Sounding the limits of life: Essays in the anthropology of biology and beyond&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;—— 2023. &lt;em&gt;A book of waves&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hessler, Stefanie. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Prospecting ocean&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: The MIT Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Larsen, Håkon. 2024. “Deep-sea mining: The shape-shifting imaginaries at the new extractivist frontier.” &lt;em&gt;Public Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 6, no. 2: 315–41.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lehman, Jessica. 2020. “The technopolitics of ocean science.” In &lt;em&gt;Blue legalities: The life and laws of the sea&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Irus Braverman and Elizabeth Johnson, 165–82. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Irvine, Richard D.G. 2020. &lt;em&gt;An anthropology of deep time: Geological temporality and social life&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jue, Melody. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Wild blue media: Thinking through seawater&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leivestad, H.H. 2022. “The shipping container.” &lt;em&gt;History and Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 2: 202–7.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Markkula, Johanna. 2022. “The ship.” &lt;em&gt;History and Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 2: 188–95.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mentz, Steve. 2023. &lt;em&gt;An introduction to the blue humanities&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Messeri, Lisa. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Placing outer space: An earthly ethnography of other worlds&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oreskes, Naomi. 2021. &lt;em&gt;Science on a mission: How military funding shaped what we do and don’t know about the ocean&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Palermo, Gabriella. 2022. “Ghosts from the abyss: The imagination of new worlds in the sea-narratives of Afrofuturism.” &lt;em&gt;LO SQUADERNO&lt;/em&gt; 62: 39–42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Patrizi, Chiara. 2024. “Reclaiming the abyss, reckoning with time: Water in the Afrofuturist imagination.”&lt;em&gt; Oltreoceano - Rivista sulle migrazioni &lt;/em&gt;22: 73–82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ratté, Stephanie. 2019. “(Un)seen seas: Technological mediation, oceanic imaginaries, and future depths.” &lt;em&gt;Environment and Society: Advances in Research &lt;/em&gt;10: 141–57.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rodineliussen, Rasmus. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Underwater worlds: An ethnography of waste, pollution, and marine life&lt;/em&gt;. Cham: Palgrave MacMillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rozwadowski, Helen M. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Fathoming the ocean: the discovery and exploration of the deep-sea&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schober, Elisabeth. 2022. “Working the supply chain: Towards an anthropology of maritime logistics.” In &lt;em&gt;The Routledge handbook of the anthropology of labor&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sharryn Kasmir and Lesley Gill, 191–200. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shefer, Tamara, Vivienne Bozalek and Nike Romano, eds. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Hydrofeminist thinking with oceans: Political and scholarly possibilities&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Starosielski, Nicole. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The undersea network&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steinberg, Philip, and Kimberley Peters. 2015. “Wet ontologies, fluid spaces: Giving depth to volume through oceanic thinking.” &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning D: Society and Space&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 2: 247–64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steinberg, Philip, and Gabriella Palermo. 2024. “The more-than-geological abyss.” Paper within short symposium, “Technoscientific imaging and the territorialization of ocean depth,” edited by João Afonso Baptista et al. &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning C: Politics and Space&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544241302929&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/23996544241302929&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Steur, Danny. 2025. “Inhuman futures: Unmooring extractivism through Drexciyan Afrofuturism.” In &lt;em&gt;Crisis and body politics in twenty-first century cultural production&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Charlotte Spear and Madeleine Sinclair. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner, Phillip J. et al. 2020. “Memorializing the Middle Passage on the Atlantic seabed in areas beyond national jurisdiction.” &lt;em&gt;Marine Policy &lt;/em&gt;122: 104254.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Uimonen, Paula and Hussein Masimbi. 2021. “Spiritual relationality in Swahili ocean worlds.” &lt;em&gt;kritisk etnografi: Swedish Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 4, no. 2: 35–50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vertesi, Janet. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Seeing like a Rover: How robots, teams, and images craft knowledge of Mars.&lt;/em&gt; Chicago: Chicago University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Watts, Michael. 2015. “Specters of oil: An introduction to the photographs of Ed Kashi.” In  &lt;em&gt;Subterranean estates: Life worlds of oil and gas&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Hannah Appel, Arthur Mason, and Michael Watts, 165–88. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Acknowledgements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;I am deeply grateful to the three anonymous reviewers and to the OEA Managing Editor, Hanna Nieber, for their thoughtful feedback and support in developing this entry. I would also like to sincerely thank Stacy Alaimo for generously sharing the introduction to her book, &lt;em&gt;The abyss stares back: Encounters with deep-sea life &lt;/em&gt;(2025, University of Minnesota Press), which had not yet been published at the time of writing. My thanks extend as well to Giuliana Panieri, principal investigator of the EXTREMES project (UiT, ePhorte 2023/62800), and to the entire research team, for the invaluable insights they continue to offer on the geological structures and ecosystems of the deep-sea. The ethnographic material presented here is part of the ongoing research conducted through the OCEAN-MINeD project, funded by the European Union under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie European Fellowship (HORIZON-MSCA-2023-PF-01).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marta Gentilucci is a Marie Skłodowska-Curie Postdoctoral Fellow in the Department of Social Anthropology at the University of Bergen, where she leads the project &lt;em&gt;OCEAN-MINeD&lt;/em&gt;. She is also the co-founder and co-convenor of the EASA Anthropology of the Seas Network.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Marta Gentilucci, PO Box 7802, NO-5020 Bergen, Norway. ma.gentilucci@gmail.com. ORCID: 0000-0002-5825-8624&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Seabed2030&lt;/em&gt;. The Nippon Foundation-GEBCO Seabed 2030 Project&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://seabed2030.org&quot;&gt;seabed2030.org&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; ISA. 2013. Decision of the Council of the International Seabed Authority relating to Amendments to the Regulations on Prospecting and Exploration for Polymetallic Nodules in the Area and Related Matters. Kingston, Jamaica: ISA. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.isa.org.jm/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/isba-19c-17_0.pdf&quot;&gt;https://www.isa.org.jm/wp-content/uploads/2022/06/isba-19c-17_0.pdf&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Hanna Nieber&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Sun, 10 Aug 2025 23:59:15 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2057 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Populism</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/populism</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/populism.jpg?itok=xlndZmnf&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p id=&quot;firstHeading&quot;&gt;Donald Trump supporters at a political rally in Mesa, Arizona in October, 2018. Picture by &lt;a href=&quot;https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Donald_Trump_with_supporters_(31569775538).jpg&quot;&gt;Gage Skidmore&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/democracy&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Democracy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/fascism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Fascism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/liberalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Liberalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/sovereignty&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Sovereignty&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/state&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;State&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/julia-fierman&quot;&gt;Julia Fierman&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Harvard University&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;21&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Mar &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25populism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25populism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Populism is a conception of political representation that views ‘the people’ as the primary political actor and the basis of political sovereignty. As populism does not refer to a specific ideology, ideologically diverse movements can fall under it. Thus, populism is not intrinsically conservative or progressive, left-wing or right-wing. However, populists’ insistence that their movement, leader, and party should represent ‘the people’ puts populist politics at odds with liberal democracy’s insistence on a public sphere characterised by rational deliberation—the model of deliberative democracy and liberal constitutionalism that has been celebrated throughout Western Europe and gained hegemony in the majority of the Northern Hemisphere since the French Revolution. Populism tends to reject consensus politics, even if it believes in democratic elections—as shown by most populist political parties. While the first populist party came about in the United States, populist parties and movements are prominent across all continents.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Anthropologists have studied populism within highly distinct cultural contexts, often foregrounding the very overt role of emotion and feelings of socioeconomic disenfranchisement in populist rhetoric. They have also investigated the relationship between populism and democracy, and the seemingly unique role of the leader in populist movements, which seem to equate a political movement with a singular figure. Ethnographic methods, which allow us to come closer to understanding the lives of others, have challenged hegemonic narratives about populism, questioning its assumed ties to specific ideologies and pushing back against the notion that populism disqualifies itself just because it relies on emotions. Thereby, anthropology provides us with a critical lens on populism that still helps us grasp its seemingly global appeal in the twenty-first century.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction: What is populism?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The twenty-first century has been characterised by an upsurge in the popularity of populist movements across the globe. If it is possible to identify the first formal populist movement in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, we could arguably start with the United States, which, in the 1890s, saw the establishment of the People’s Party, or Populist Party. The American People’s Party never enjoyed significant electoral success, but its platform, which generally sought to improve the lives of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labourers&lt;/a&gt; and regulate the concentration of capital, remains relevant in American politics. Historian Federico Finchelstein has claimed that Peronism, which came to power in Argentina in 1946, is the first populist regime in global history. Peronism emerged as a workers’ movement in 1945 but has evolved to take on many ideological iterations since then. Beyond Peronism, which within a single populist movement has taken on varying policy positions, in other places, such as the United States, different parties of opposing views may be labelled as ‘populist’, such as the followers of Donald Trump and Bernie Sanders in the United States. As a result, ‘populism’ is difficult to define; it is a very broad concept—or an ‘overdetermined signifier’ (Stavrakakis et al. 2017, 425)—that stands for a plethora of political movements, which seem quite different from each other.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Because so many different political moments representing diverse and even conflicting views have been called ‘populist’, a question of great scholarly importance, including for anthropologists, is what exactly the term stands for. Many scholars of populism have argued that the term does not refer to a specific political platform, but rather, in the words of Ernesto Laclau, one of the most influential theorists of populism, to a ‘political logic’ or form of political discourse that can be adapted to any ideological program or political platform (2005). Populist movements, parties, and regimes can thus be on the left or right or anywhere in between. For example, the New Left leaders of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt; that emerged in the 2000s, which included Evo Morales in Bolivia, Néstor and Cristina Kirchner in Argentina, Lula Ignacio da Silva in Brazil, and Hugo Chávez in Venezuela, represented a populist turn to progressive politics in South America. In contrast, Viktor Orban in Hungary and Donald Trump in the United States (as well as several other leaders in the Global North) are right-wing populists related to fascism, as they overtly celebrate xenophobia and anti-immigrant policies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Further inspired by the work of Laclau (2005), anthropologists tend to think of populism as a style of political discourse that employs a polarising logic. This logic positions ‘the people’—the protagonist of populist politics—against an ‘enemy’, often internal to the nation-state or wider populace. In populism, ‘the people must be extracted from within the people’, as political theorist Jan Werner-Müller has stated (2014). This means that popular sovereignty does not extend to everyone, but only to ‘the people’ that populism celebrates, as opposed to others. Thus, for populist parties, which are often nationalist, not all &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; can be said to truly belong to the nation-state. The frontier that populism creates between ‘the people’ and their others is an antagonistic one. Thus, ‘the people’ are said to have ‘enemies’—often fellow citizens who are viewed as betraying a sense of national authenticity (Laclau 2005, 84-5). ‘Enemies’ or ‘anti-people’ may be defined along status, class, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt;, party, or sectoral lines, and are often viewed as undermining national well-being (Laclau 2005; Mouffe 2018). Thus, a key aspect of populist politics is its divisive rhetoric, which, when repeated often enough, turns into a discourse, i.e. a way of perceiving and thinking about the world.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another structural continuity of populism is that it frames its central political actor—‘the people’—as a victimised group within broader national or global populations (Samet 2019). Their ‘enemies’ are somehow a source of ‘the people’s’ suffering or exploitation. This may seem surprising, as ‘the people’ and their assumed ‘enemy’, are single names for heterogeneous groups and social sectors, each representing highly disparate sets of social demands. Moreover ‘the people’ can even include powerful groups, such as dominant &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; groups within a society. Yet, this sentiment of victimhood or of being a morally upright ‘underdog’ is particularly important, as it unites vague sectors and otherwise heterogeneous factions of a given society (Chatterjee 2011, 15). By relying on antagonistic victimisation, populism is a necessarily polarising political force. As such, it engenders an illiberal rejection of consensus-seeking politics or deliberative democracy—even if most populist regimes have been &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt;. As some scholars have underscored, liberal regimes that present emotional politics as ‘irrational’ may further marginalise the social demands of the most vulnerable populations within society (Ahmed 2004). Populism, on the other hand, allows for the expression of political &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; that might otherwise go unarticulated.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A final structural continuity between different forms of populism that draw on ‘the people’ as an underdog, even a downtrodden group, is that its discourse does not rely on traditional notions of class warfare. This can be explored through Trumpism in the United States. In this case, ‘the people’ stands for a highly racialised concept of American identity but is not defined, in membership, by being white. ‘The people’ consists of a broad coalition that feels that their different demands could be satisfied by the same leader and movement. ‘The people’ is also an identity that is inherently exclusive towards many Americans who are considered to be sympathetic to migrants, protesters associated with amorphous leftist forces, as well as various ‘elites’, be they academics and universities, part of a general intelligentsia (including non-aligned media), and even corporate managers who do not adhere to Trumpist politics. Trumpist discourse is thus not restricted to ideas of class warfare but has, instead, allied various sectors of American society against common and often vaguely defined enemies, such as ‘the media’, ‘the Washington elite’, or ‘the Left’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In sum, populism refers to a discursive logic or manner of constructing the political rather than a specific ideology, and it thinks of politics in polarising, often self-victimising terms. Populism is also usually characterised by charismatic leadership, overtly emotional rhetoric, and positions  ‘the people’ as the central actor in politics. While this definition of populism is broad, its structural continuities differentiate its various ideological stripes from the liberal forms of democracy most celebrated in Europe and North America after the French Revolution. As this entry will explore further, the relationship between populism and democracy is not one of diametric opposition, but populist notions of political representation certainly disturb liberal norms of deliberative democracy. More specifically, populism is a political logic that encourages an overtly emotional brand of politics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The anthropology of populism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While much social science literature has been dedicated to populism, the term does not yet occupy a large amount of literature within anthropology (see Mazzarella 2019). This is surprising, as the discipline is uniquely suited to study the appeal of populist movements. Its &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research methods reveal the emotional, economic, social, and cultural factors that lead to populism’s appeal. Additionally, because anthropologists conduct their research in diverse geographic contexts, their inquiries into populism clarify the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; and social contingencies that give rise to and shape populist movements in specific field sites, while also considering what these sites reveal about the appeal of populism more broadly.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological investigations of populism have focused on recent and current populist regimes, such as Erdoğan’s Turkey (Tambar 2014), Maduro’s Venezuela (Samet 2019), Modi’s India (Hota 2020), Trump in the United States (Kalb 2023), and Orbán in Hungary (Laszlo 2020), adding distinctively ethnographic insight into what has been described as an illiberal rejection of liberal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; norms prevalent in the post-WWII era. They have often sought to explain the appeal of the respective populist movements upon which they focus, frequently asking how populist communities are created and sustained. Anthropology links this question to its interest in the structure and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; of community as well as to its long-standing interest in the creation of social solidarity. It turns out that rhetoric, ritual, and state fetishism are central to populism’s appeal. For example, in Lauren Derby’s history of Trujillo’s Dominican Republic, she understands fetishism to be key to the dictator’s appeal, or ‘seduction’, in her words, diminishing the population’s capacity to resist authoritarianism (2009). Similarly, Fernando Coronil, Michael Taussig, and Rafael Sánchez have all underscored how reifying and even deifying political figures is central to populist politics. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similarly, work on scapegoating in times of uncertainty has shown that ambiguous social conditions lead to blaming individuals or groups for social ills, often resulting in violence (Evans-Pritchard [1937] 1976; Geschiere 2013; Siegel 2006). In recent ethnographic work on ethnonationalism in Turkey, for example, we have seen how wounded &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculinity&lt;/a&gt; among disabled Turkish veterans of the Kurdish conflict contributes to their hatred for their Kurdish foes. Coming home from war &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disabled&lt;/a&gt;, these veterans feel betrayed by the Turkish state, which they criticise for taking too soft of an approach against the Kurds (Aciksoz 2019). Ethnographic work on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racialised&lt;/a&gt; nationalism elucidates how the demonisation of racialised others becomes the basis for racist political movements. For example, ethnographic work on white nationalists in de-industrialised parts of the United States has reflected this logic of demonisation. Instead of drawing on theories of scapegoating explicitly, some anthropologists have traced this othering logic through a psychoanalytic framework, meditating on the dialectical relationship between self and other to understand how whiteness is constituted through xenophobic and anti-Semitic conspiracy theories in deindustrialised North America (Song 2011).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scholars working on ultranationalist politics have also drawn on the notion of sacrifice to better understand the rhetoric of ethnonationalist populist discourse. In Turkey, disabled military veterans (&lt;em&gt;gazi&lt;/em&gt;) are lionised as modern-day martyrs (&lt;em&gt;şehitler&lt;/em&gt;). Their sacrifice, particularly the sacrifice of their bodies in war, is deeply implicated in notions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt;. Disabled veterans are held to be owed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debts&lt;/a&gt; of honour and gratitude by the state, which entitles them to various privileges, such as high-quality prostheses, jobs, interest-free housing credit and medical care (Aciksoz 2019, 56-7). They do not embody the horrors of war as much as they serve state purposes for further militarisation. The celebration of their sacrifice exists alongside a scapegoating of the Kurdish movement as a threat to Turkish sovereignty (Aciksoz 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Further broadening ethnography’s insights into populism, anthropologists of the post-Soviet Visegrád nations (i.e. Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, and Hungary) have looked at how populism can emerge in opposition to liberal discourses of multiculturalism. Here, people attracted to populism consider national culture to be under attack by an urban intelligentsia. In Poland and Slovakia, populist politics underscore local valorisations of cultural authenticity (both fascist and progressive), which appeal to local identities associated with rural origins and agricultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; (Buzalka 2021). Post-Soviet populism is also marked by a nostalgia for a sense of collectivism and community, which seem at risk in an increasingly globalised world. In Hungary, the interplay of economic transformation and an attachment to national culture and solidarity are equally at play (Kurti 2020). Here, populism is closely tied to racist ethnonationalism and xenophobic political sentiments that translate into anti-immigrant discourse, as is evident elsewhere in the region (Buzalka 2022; Kalb 2009a, 2009b; Malewska-Szalygin 2009). The ethnographic study of Visegrád politics thus helps understand the logics of populism in other regions, notably Brexit and Trump (Kurti 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The following sections will foreground three main tensions in the anthropological study of populism, namely the emotional drivers of populism, its relationship to democracy, and the nature of populist leadership.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Emotion and political economy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists have been interested in the emotional and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; drivers of social life since at least the 1990s. They neither condemn nor celebrate emotion as irrational or rational, but consider feelings, sensations, and emotional and affective dispositions as revelatory of political dynamics. This is true for work on the emotions and affect of political memory (Yashin-Navarro 2002, 2012), volunteer work (Muehlebach 2011), or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt; (Cox 2016; Savell 2015), for example.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologies of populism share this overarching concern with affect and emotion and have often aimed at understanding the ritualisation and routinisation of emotion in illiberal politics (Sánchez 2016, de Abreu 2021). Take Peronist rallies in Argentina during the 1940s and 1950s. These rallies, in which thousands of Peronists gathered to express loyalty to the leaders of the movement, were highly emotionally charged ritualised theatre in which the masses played a mostly passive role. Many women active in Peronist politics have imitated the matriarch of Peronism, Eva ‘Evita’ Perón, in their speech patterns and hairstyles (Auyero 2001). In contrast to spontaneity, these practices ‘modulate affect’ through ritual, inculcating the followers of such movements with a series of habits that some critics qualify as authoritarian (Sanchez 2015) or at least at odds with the freeing affects of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19rev&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;revolutionary&lt;/a&gt; politics (Beasley-Murray 2010, 25).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The emotional and affective underpinnings of populist mobilisation can be libidinal, even erotic. The election of Narendra Modi as Prime Minister in India in 2014, for example, catalysed a populist Hindu nationalism that was not just &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racialised&lt;/a&gt; and caste-oriented, but also highly gendered (Hota 2019). Here, Hindu ethnonationalists shored up popular anxieties linked to sex by presenting the ‘national body’ as ascetic, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculine&lt;/a&gt;, and pure, whilst conceiving of vilified others (e.g. protesting students, Christians, Muslims) as feminised and polluting. Doing so helped Modi supporters add a sexualised edge to the emotions involved in political othering.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some scholars have drawn on Western crowd theories to trace a genealogy between the libidinal urges evident in crowds and populist emotions. People in crowds experience a contagious collective effervescence, frequently described as producing sentiments and actions that transcend the individual (Canetti [1960] 1984, Freud 1921, Le Bon [1895] 1995, Tarde [1898] 1989). They may thus act differently than they would on their own. Thus, crowds are sometimes perceived as stripping people of their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; or as intrinsically sinister, as they may elicit irrational and base feelings. Perceived as such, crowds can be thought of as threats to the social order, bypassing institutions and sanctioned normative behaviours. While this can be true—taking the January 6&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt;, 2021 riots of Trump supporters in the US, who stormed the Capitol because they did not accept that Trump had lost the 2020 election, as an example—&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; work also shows that crowds can be a generative political force, capable of transforming social and political norms. The imprisonment of then-Secretary of Labor Juan Perón in 1945 by the Argentine government provoked mass protests that not only led to Perón’s release but solidified Peronism as a formidable political force that would drastically expand workers’ rights in Argentina.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyond focusing on affect and emotion, the popularity of nationalist populism, particularly in Europe, is often linked to a general disenchantment with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt; (Gusterson 2017, 210). While populism predates neoliberalism, populism’s increased popularity can be read as a reaction to an economic system in which state intervention favours the market, rather than regulating the market to favour its citizens (Foucault 1979). In Guatemala, this disenchantment takes the form of pessimism in which citizens, even if they may sympathise with drastic political reforms, view social transformation through politics quite cynically. Ethnography has shown how a significant number of citizens from the Indigenous population, which faced genocide at the hands of the military dictatorship led by Ríos Montt in the 1980s, has, since the 1990s, supported his Guatemalan Republican Front in local and national elections. In a context of neoliberalism where revolutionary change seems impossible, this population is drawn to this political party’s local development projects and clientelistic practices, which bring capital to Indigenous communities. In this context, Indigenous Guatemalan subjects are resigned to understanding the limitations of politics and pragmatically engage with a political party that can contribute tangible material gains to their lives (Copeland 2019). Disaffection with neoliberalism and wariness of globalised cosmopolitanism was also evident in the UK’s 2016 withdrawal from the EU through the Brexit referendum (Gusterson 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Notable ethnographies of populism have foregrounded the role of cynicism in the face of neoliberalism. For example, in post-Soviet contexts such as Slovakia (Buzalka 2022) and Poland (Kalb 2009a; Malewska-Szalgin 2001a, 2001b), citizens feel left behind by neoliberal policies that render them further marginalised. In these cases, cynicism towards neoliberalism is also accompanied by a celebration of national tradition that takes on, often, ethnonationalist flavours. As shown by work on post-Soviet populisms in anthropology, the reification of traditional and even rural ways of life are part of a rejection of neoliberalism and liberalism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The study of populist emotions and affect raises the question of who exactly the subject of populist movements is. Ethnographic work on populism has confirmed that ‘the people’ are not explicitly related to socioeconomic class categories. ‘The people’, even when they are primarily thought of as ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt;’, such as in the case in early Peronist rhetoric in Argentina, is a vague enough moniker to unite various social sectors that are not constricted by class identity. Instead, who ‘the people’ are is often intentionally left vague so as to absorb as many different social forces as possible. This coalitional nature of populist politics cuts across class alliances. In Brazil, for example, right-wing authoritarian politics include supporters that are not limited to one particular socioeconomic class (de Abreu 2021). Similar inter-class alliances have also been observed in right-wing populism in Guatemala (Copeland 2019), and Chavista and anti-Chavista mobilisation in Venezuela (Samet 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the same time, populist movements celebrate an underdog identity that appeals to notions of being part of a social sector excluded from the elite. Some scholars have been particularly attentive to the ‘double devaluations’ of space and class felt by those attracted to right-wing populism. The double devaluation refers to feelings of disenfranchisement that arise from those who feel both their socioeconomic class and place of origin to be devalued by liberal norms. Neoliberal global flows of capital, people, and ideas have produced a rise in the popularity of right-wing populist movements that imbue their supporters with a sense of dignity (Kalb 2023). In this work, like those working in post-Soviet contexts and in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, we see how disenchantment with neoliberalism produces cynicism, resignation, and, in the case of Poland, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; in the form of illiberal, right-wing politics (Kalb 2023).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Both populism’s critics and its supporters are attentive to its emotionally charged nature. Critics often find its overtly emotional dimensions to be proof of its irrationality, disqualifying it from being taken seriously or even condemning it as something that has no place in the political sphere (Ostiguy 2009, 2017). Supporters have argued that populism is radically democratic, and that its capacity to express the affective dimensions of political mobilisation is precisely part of its democratic potential (Samet 2019; Laclau 2005; Mouffe 2018). From this point of view, liberal paradigms of democracy that focus on mediation through institutions are overly restrictive as they repress the emotional nature of political participation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnography has trodden a middle ground in this debate. While highlighting the importance of emotion and affect, anthropologists refuse to fetishise populism as inherently less rational than other kinds of politics (Hann 2019). Consider the discussion of Peronism mentioned above. While Peronism is marked by dominant emotional features, these do not thereby render it irrational. Instead, its emotional appeal exists in addition to a political field of highly limited practical options. Peronist supporters are motivated by a ‘structure of feeling’ that coexists alongside practicality (Auyero 2000). Rather than pointing at populism as a mostly rational reaction to neoliberalism or as simply a ritualised collective effervescence, ethnographic work shows that practical and emotional drivers co-exist and interact with one another.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Relationship to democracy&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As stated above, discussions of populism tend to categorise it as radically democratic or counter to the spirit of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt;. Anthropologists have thus explored the relationship between populist movements and democratic politics. Both privilege the concept of popular sovereignty, which positions ‘the people’ as the foundation of political legitimacy. In populism, ‘the people’ is the political actor &lt;em&gt;par excellence&lt;/em&gt;, viewed as having a rather unmediated relationship to power even beyond the sphere of electoral politics. In deliberative democracy, ‘the people’s’ power is mediated, mostly by elections and state &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucracies&lt;/a&gt;, which is meant to protect minorities and temper populist decision-making via a rule of experts. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The classic image of popular sovereignty is the crowd—a group of people that has come together through a common cause or grievance. The Jacobins, who emerged in the late 1700s as part of the French Revolution, represent the crowd’s raw democratic potential and potentially sinister dimensions. Once in power, during the early 1790s, they carried out a wave of political violence known as The Reign of Terror (&lt;em&gt;la terreur&lt;/em&gt;), which resulted in thousands of executions of political and ideological enemies. Yet, they also represented a plurality of social forces dedicated to anti-royalist republicanism. The Jacobinian phase of the French Revolution thus positions the crowd as both the embodiment of democratic spirit and the anarchic overturning of an existing order (Mazauric 2014). The mass of the revolution is violent, unpredictable, and destructive—yet it is this mass action that challenges the monarchic notion of the sovereign by demonstrating the bare power of popular sovereignty. And so, within the history of modern democracy and republicanism, we have a reification of ‘the people’ as the political actor &lt;em&gt;par excellence&lt;/em&gt; and as the mercurial and temperamental mass that can tear down an existing order through organising around particular demands as well as through brute force. As follows, some political theorists have argued that the crowd embodies true democracy while others consider it true (i.e. deliberative) democracy’s ‘shadow’ or ‘mirror’ (Canovan 1999; Panizza 2005).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Crowds are arguably both celebrated and feared by deliberative democracies, who view popular sovereignty as fundamental yet often insist on its mediation through institutional mechanisms. Within liberal democracy resides a tension between the Jacobinian, evolutionary spirit of popular sovereignty and the requirement for institutionalism, the latter often being viewed as cumbersome to the former (Canovan 2005; Sánchez 2016). In populism, this tension comes to a head as the crowd may potently shirk institutions associated with the status quo. Obvious examples from recent &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; would include the January 6&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt;, 2021 riots that sought to overturn the results of the US 2020 presidential election, as well as the January 8&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt;, 2023 protests in Brazil, which also challenged the outcome of their presidential elections.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As some scholars have argued, the crowd is both necessary for democratic support in the context of republicanism, but also poses a threat to the stability of a republic. Thus, the state must transform the unruly crowd or masses into the disciplined ‘people’ of republicanism. Popular sovereignty makes republican politics possible and constantly challenges its perpetuity. The same is true for populism, which creates ‘the people’ out of a broad coalition of social sectors and political interests. As a result, even in its democratic iterations, populism is ultimately authoritarian because it is so focused on controlling the masses by containing them as ‘the people’. Some have argued that this tension exists in republican democracy as well (Sánchez 2016), but it is more obvious in populism due to its more brazen celebration of popular sovereignty as ‘the people’ (Canovan 1999, 2005; Panizza 2005).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists have long been aware of this uneasy relationship between populism and democracy. While some have been critical of populism’s allegedly inherently authoritarian tendencies (Sánchez 2016), several &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; argue that populism is the most radically democratic form of political organisation, which is precisely why it seems so threatening to any status quo. Its capacity to unite diverse factions of society makes it a particularly efficacious brand of political mobilisation (Samet 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A major question that these debates raise is what the relationship between populism and fascism may be, as many right-wing populist movements clearly resemble or have components of the latter. Populist movements, in the Global North in particular, represent democratic as well as fascist reactions to liberal paradigms of governance, which favour models of deliberative democracy. In these contexts, popular support for populist movements and parties is, in large part, due to their platforms’ espousal of anti-immigrant and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racist&lt;/a&gt; sentiments. Scholars studying these cases have shown how &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; economic policies, combined with liberal political discourse, have alienated rural and post-industrial contexts (Holmes 2010, 2019; Kalb 2023). These movements, such as the British National Party, Marine Le Pen’s National Rally party, Brexit, Trumpism, Germany’s Alternative für Deutschland, as with many Visegrád region nations, articulate national sovereignty and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt; in ethnonationalist terms (Kalb 2009a; Malewska-Szalgyin 2021a, 2021b). This fascistically ethnonationalist and racist populist illiberalism unites those who feel devalued by liberal multiculturalism and the patterns of capital accumulation that have historically accompanied it in the post-WWII era.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The fascist discourse of many populist movements has led some scholars to argue that they are intrinsically interrelated—in other words, that populism is always related to fascism (Finchelstein 2019). While the abovementioned ethnographic work looks at populisms that are blatantly ethnonationalist, xenophobic, and racist, anthropologists have also argued that because populism is a political logic with drastically varying ideological content, it is important to evaluate different populist traditions based on the ideas they promote, rather than stigmatising all political forms that are labelled as ‘populist’ (Samet and Schiller 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Charismatic leadership&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the most important and controversial themes of inquiries into populism is the relationship between ‘the people’ and the leader. Because of its emphasis on popular sovereignty, some anthropologists have underscored the importance of people’s mobilisation in populism. They consciously move away from attributing the appeal of populist politics to personal charisma, arguing that depictions of charismatic leaders presiding over a passive mass reinforce stereotypes of socioeconomically &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt; sectors as lacking in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; or as being intellectually incapacitated (Aciksoz 2019; Cody 2015; Lazar 2017; Samet 2019; Tambar 2014). These thinkers have sought to underscore the bottom-up dimensions of populism, demanding that we not simply credit the charismatic leader for creating the basis of populist organisation and showing that local and grassroots organisation are central to its appeal and success.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Recent studies of modern-day Peronist &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; unions in Argentina have shown them to be far less oriented towards personalist political representation than one might assume. Instead, these unions are primarily spaces of negotiation. For Sian Lazar, labour unions allow for decision-making and debate that do not follow a strictly top-down structure by which a leader gives a command that is then carried out without deliberation or debate (2017). Such work stands in tension to a widespread concern that leaders and their charisma may be a chief organising force of populist movements. Anthropologists of populism elsewhere have also emphasised the importance of populism’s supporters by focusing on crowds and grassroots political organising, showing that populist mobilisation is not purely explained by the pull of a charismatic leader (Cody 2015, Tambar 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The work on Eastern European populism emphasises sentiments on the ground as the source of populist cohesion more than shared loyalty to a single figure (Buzalka 2021; Kurti 2020; Malewska-Szyalgin 2021b). These studies underscore how populist discourse speaks to practical concerns of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; who feel excluded, unmoored, and disenfranchised by economic and social transformation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many scholars of populism have focused on the nature of its conceptions of leadership. They contend that populist notions of political representation often fetishise larger-than-life figures (Finchelstein 2017; Wedeen 1995). Such figures can play a generative role in populist movements, as they help absorb the differences between the diverse social sectors that constitute ‘the people’ (Laclau 2005; Müller 2014). This was famously argued by Sigmund Freud in his examination of crowd psychology. For Freud ([1921] 2001), the leader is a love object. While the crowd is turned against others outside of itself—others whom it has come together against—its attention is also lovingly turned toward the leader, who is held to be a surrogate father figure (Derby 2009). Because populism depends on a coalition between diverse social sectors, the charismatic leader functions as an ‘arbiter of contradiction’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Of course, the personality and even body of the leader are relevant to other political paradigms beyond populism: Monarchical leaders represent a classical notion of sovereignty in which they are above and beyond the laws that constrict their subjects. German historian Ernst Kantrowicz famously examined how divine right monarchs both embody and represent the divine and the human. He studied the genealogy of political leadership in Europe, examining the king’s two bodies as both divine and human, reflecting the doubling of Christ as, at once, both flesh and blood and godly (Kantrowicz [1937] 2016). Fetishism of a political leader—the reification of a human into a deified figure—has been part of political traditions far before the first populist party even emerged. It should thus not be surprising that followers of populist political leaders may consider them both eminently human and inherently not human, even divine (Coronil 1997; Derby 2009).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scholars of regimes that are cults of personality, but not necessarily populist, also often have leaders that are both intended to be relatable and incomparable—their fetish quality is essential to their capacity to bring together diverse populations (Wedeen 1999). In the anthropological literature, the role of fetishised political leaders is conceived of in symbolic and psychoanalytical terms. Studies of totalitarianism and dictatorships have drawn on structuralist theories of the ‘master-signifier’—a signifier that does not refer to specific content (or ‘signified’) but is the anchor for a whole symbolic system—to understand how certain figures occupy singular symbolic functions. Thus, work on the Soviet Union has shown how certain &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; figures like Lenin come to be reified as beyond reproach and critique, serving as master-signifiers that serve as an anchor through which subjects make sense of themselves and the world around them through a shared official discourse (Yurchak 2006). Scholarship on social uncertainty in times of political upheaval has shown how the deposal of brutal dictators, whose larger-than-life presence had previously served as a constant point of reference for their citizens, leads to a state of social ambiguity in which people feel the loss of a referential anchor (Siegel 2006).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: A political question of our time&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; inquiry makes anthropology uniquely suited to give insights into why populist politics are so popular in today’s world. Anthropological work on populism has centred on its highly diverse manifestations. It generally avoids labelling populism as inherently left or right, but, instead, views it as a discursive style that can be adapted to many different ideological programs. The discipline makes sense of populism by focusing on themes including sacrifice, scapegoating, ritual, and the nature of group belonging. A major topic of investigation is the nature and importance of emotions at play in populist movements. Another main topic concerns the complicated and dynamic relationship between liberal paradigms of deliberative &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; and populism, which demonstrates that democracy encourages mobilisation in the name of popular sovereignty and yet seeks to contain it. While anthropology considers the importance of charismatic leadership, it errs on the side of highlighting the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; of the subjects who engage in populist politics. What unites much of the anthropology of populism is the nature of political representation. Who should or should not be represented, how emotional or direct this representation should be, and who really defines the nature of representation are pressing questions that we need to keep asking against the rapid rise of populist parties globally.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahmed, Sara. 2004. &lt;em&gt;The cultural politics of emotion. &lt;/em&gt;Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. “The post-peasant populism of Eastern Europe: On resilience and the mobilisation of an economic base.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnologia Polona &lt;/em&gt;43: 41–62.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Abreu, María José. 2021. &lt;em&gt;The charismatic gymnasium: Breath, media, and religious revivalism in contemporary Brazil. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aciksoz, Salih Can. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Sacrificial limbs: Masculinity, disability, and political violence in Turkey. &lt;/em&gt;Oakland: University of California Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Auyero, Javier. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Poor people’s politics: Peronist survival networks and the legacy of Evita. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beasley-Murray, Jon. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Posthegemony: Political theory and Latin America. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Buzalka, Juraj. 2021. “Village fascists and progressive populists: Two faces of the countermovement in Slovakia.” &lt;em&gt;Europe-Asia Studies &lt;/em&gt;73, no. 9: 1658–82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canetti, Elias. (1960) 1984. &lt;em&gt;Crowds and power. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Farrar, Straus and Giroux&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Canovan, Margaret. 1999. “Trust the people! Populism and the two faces of democracy.” &lt;em&gt;Political Studies &lt;/em&gt;47, no. 1: 2–16.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2005. &lt;em&gt;The people.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge: Polity. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chatterjee, Partha. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Lineages of political society: Studies in postcolonial democracy. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cody, Francis. 2015. “Populist politics: Print capitalism and crowd violence beyond liberal frameworks.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies of Asia, Africa and the Middle East &lt;/em&gt;35, no. 1: 50–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Copeland, Nicholas. 2019. &lt;em&gt;The democracy development machine: Neoliberalism, radical pessimism, and authoritarian populism in Mayan Guatemala. &lt;/em&gt;Ithaca: Cornell University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cox, Aimee Meredith. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Shapeshifters: Black girls and the choreography of citizenship. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Derby, Lauren. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The dictator’s seduction: Politics and the popular imagination in the era of Trujillo. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finchelstein, Federico. 2017. &lt;em&gt;From fascism to populism in history. &lt;/em&gt;Oakland: University of California Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Freud, Sigmund. (1921) 2001. “Group psychology and the analysis of the ego” in &lt;em&gt;The standard edition of the complete psychological works of Sigmund Freud. &lt;/em&gt;Volume 18. London: The Hogarth Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holmes, Douglas R. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Integral Europe: Fast capitalism, multiculturalism, neofascism. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2019. “Fascism at eye level.” &lt;em&gt;Focaal: Journal of Global and Historical Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;84: 62–90.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geschiere, Peter. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Witchcraft, intimacy, and trust: Africa in comparison. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gusterson, Hugh.  2017. “From Brexit to Trump: Anthropology and the rise of nationalist populism.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist &lt;/em&gt;44, no. 2: 209–14.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hann, Chris. 2019. “Anthropology and populism&lt;em&gt;.” Anthropology Today &lt;/em&gt;35, no. 1: 1–2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hota, Pinky. 2020. “Populist panics: Sex as excess in right wing India.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;93, no. 3: 377–400. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kalb, Don. 2009a. “Headlines of nationalism, subtexts of class: Poland and popular paranoia, 1989-2009.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropologica &lt;/em&gt;51, no. 2: 289–300.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2009b. “Conversations with a Polish populist: Tracing hidden histories of globalization, class, and dispossession in postsocialism (and beyond).” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist &lt;/em&gt;36, no.2: 207–23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2023. “Double devaluations: Class, value and the rise of the right in the Global North.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Agrarian Change &lt;/em&gt;23, no. 1: 204–19.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kantorowicz, Ernst. (1937) 2016. &lt;em&gt;The king’s two bodies: A study in medieval political theology. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kurti, Laszlo. 2020. “Orbánism: The culture of illiberalism in Hungary.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnologia Europaea &lt;/em&gt;50, no. 2: 62–79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Laclau, Ernesto. 2005. &lt;em&gt;On populist reason. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Verso. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lazar, Sian. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The social life of politics: Ethics, kinship, and union activism in Argentina. &lt;/em&gt;Oakland: University of California Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le Bon, Gustave. (1895) 1995. &lt;em&gt;The crowd.&lt;/em&gt; New Brunswick: Transactions Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Malewska-Szalgin, Anna. 2011. “Postsocialism as a diagnostic tool.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnologia Europaea &lt;/em&gt;41, no. 2: 71–80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2021a. “Countermovements: Rural social imaginaries confronting neoliberal economics and politics in southern Poland.” &lt;em&gt;Europe-Asia Studies &lt;/em&gt;73, no. 9: 1641–57.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2021b. “Self-silencing strategies in casual conversations about politics in rural Poland.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnologia Polona &lt;/em&gt;42: 49–63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mazauric, Claude. 2014. &quot;Haim Burstin, &lt;em&gt;Révolutionnaires. Pour une anthropologie politique de la Révolution française&lt;/em&gt;.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Annales Historiques de la Révolution Française &lt;/em&gt;377: 221-2. https://doi.org/10.4000/ahrf.13324&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mazzarella, William. 2019. “The anthropology of populism: Beyond the liberal settlement.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 48: 45–60. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mouffe, Chantal. 2018. &lt;em&gt;For a left populism. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Verso.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlebach, Andrea. 2011. &lt;em&gt;The moral neoliberal: Welfare and citizenship in Italy. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University of Chicago. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ostiguy, Pierre. 2009. “The high and the low in politics: A two-dimensional political space for comparative analysis and electoral studies.” University of Notre Dame: Kellogg Institute Working Paper #360. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.7274/26126035.v1&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.7274/26126035.v1&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. “A socio-cultural approach.” In &lt;em&gt;The Oxford handbook of populism, &lt;/em&gt;edited by Rovira Kaltwasser, Paulina Ochoa Espejo, Paul Taggart and Pierre Ostiguy, 73–97. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pannizza, Francisco. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Populism and the mirror of democracy. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Verso. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Povinelli, Elizabeth. 2012. “Beyond the names of the people.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Studies &lt;/em&gt;26, nos. 2-3: 370–90.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rosanvallon, Pierre. 2008.  &lt;em&gt;Counter-democracy: Politics in an age of distrust. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Samet, Robert. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Deadline: Populism and the press in Venezuela. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University of Chicago Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Samet, Robert and Naomi Schiller. 2017. “All populisms are not created equal.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropology News &lt;/em&gt;58, no. 3: e63–70. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1111/AN.432&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1111/AN.432&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sánchez, Rafael. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Dancing Jacobins: A Venezuelan genealogy of Latin American populism. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Fordham University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Savell, Stephanie. 2015. “‘I’m not a aeader’: Cynicism and good citizenship in Brazil.” &lt;em&gt;PoLar: Politcal and Legal Anthropology Review &lt;/em&gt;38, no. 2: 300–17.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Siegel, James. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Naming the witch. &lt;/em&gt;Stanford: Stanford University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Song, Hoon. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Pigeon trouble: Bestiary biopolitics in deindustrialized America. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stavrakakis, Yannis, Giorgos Katsambekis, Nikos Nikisianis, Alexandros Kioupkiolis, and Thomas Siomis. 2017. “Extreme right-wing populism in Europe: Revisiting a reified association.” &lt;em&gt;Critical Discourse Studies &lt;/em&gt;14, no. 4: 420–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tambar, Kabir. 2014. &lt;em&gt;The reckoning of pluralism: Political belonging and the demands of history in Turkey. &lt;/em&gt;Redwood City: Stanford University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tarde, Gabriel. (1898) 1989. &lt;em&gt;L’opinion et la foule. &lt;/em&gt;Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Urbinati, Nadia. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Democracy disfigured: Opinion, truth, and the people. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muller, Jan-Werner. 2014. “The people must be extracted from within the people: Reflections on populism.” &lt;em&gt;Constellations &lt;/em&gt;21, no. 4: 483–93. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro-Yashin, Yael. 2009. “Affective spaces, melancholic objects: Ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge.” &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;15, no. 1: 1–18. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yurchak, Alexei. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Everything was forever until it was no more: The last Soviet generation. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: Princeton University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wedeen, Lisa. 1999. &lt;em&gt;Ambiguities of domination: Politics, rhetoric, and symbols in contemporary Syria. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University of Chicago Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Julia Fierman is currently Lecturer on Anthropology at Harvard University. Starting in 2025, she will take up the Hunt Postdoctoral Fellowship from the Wenner-Gren Foundation to complete her monograph on Peronism—the world’s most enduring populist movement. She has previously published articles in various journals on the topics of populism, Peronism, and Argentine political culture.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Rachel Cantave&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 21 Mar 2025 15:35:17 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2048 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Affect</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/affect</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/fallen_angel_alexandre_cabanel_crop.jpg?itok=rNttrXdd&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;Detail of &quot;The fallen Angel&quot; (1847) by Alex Andre Cabanel, depicting the devil after being expelled from heaven. Picture by &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/The_Fallen_Angel_(painting)#/media/File:Fallen_Angel_(Alexandre_Cabanel)_crop.jpg&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/depression&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Depression&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/psychology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Psychology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ritual&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ritual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/semiotics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Semiotics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/daniel-white&quot;&gt;Daniel White&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/andrea-de-antoni&quot;&gt;Andrea De Antoni&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Cambridge, Kyoto University&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;26&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Feb &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Affect refers to sensations and physiological shifts in intensity that may or may not formalise into conceptually distinct and collectively recognized feelings. Compared to emotions, which anthropologists see as feelings embedded in sociolinguistic concepts like love, anger, jealousy, &lt;/em&gt;han&lt;em&gt; (Korean for sadness-grief), &lt;/em&gt;song&lt;em&gt; (Ifaluk for justified anger), or &lt;/em&gt;hygge&lt;em&gt; (Danish and Norwegian for cosiness), affects are conceived as more fluid. Although registered through biological and bodily sensation, affects are also culturally conditioned and can, in turn, strongly influence sociocultural dynamics. Anthropologists have long explored the varieties of emotional experience across cultures, from the analysis of different patterns of emotional behaviour in the early twentieth century to the linguistic comparison of different emotional expressions through the 1970s and 80s. Since around the 1990s, however, anthropologists began to shift their focus to the diverse ways that emotions also involve less linguistically determined but nevertheless socially conditioned bodily experiences they called ‘affect’. This entry documents early psychological and philosophical genealogies of affect; the relation of affect to anthropological studies of emotion; critiques of and counterpoints to the affect concept; and enduring themes in ethnographic studies of affect.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An uneasy tingling of your skin when you pass through an unknown patch of forest; a sigh of comforting relief when you taste a familiar home-cooked dish after months away; the joyous energy of singing along with friends—word-for-word—the lyrics of a hit song; the high-intensity movements of a shamanic ritual; the low-intensity stillness of meditation; a dampness in the spleen; a longing in the heart; an ache. Many experiences are sensed but are not easily identified with a familiar emotion word like ‘fear’, ‘nostalgia’, ‘joy’, ‘transcendence’, ‘equanimity’, ‘worry’, ‘heartache’, or even ‘pain’. Moreover, feelings can often be surprising, arising at unexpected moments and carrying with them little indication of their origin or cause.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although anthropologists have long been interested in these types of felt experiences, they have traditionally focused more explicitly on the public expression and symbolic display of feeling, which they called ‘emotion’. Since the 1990s, however, anthropologists in partnership with many others in allied social science and humanities disciplines began to explicitly emphasise the value of describing feelings that were sensed within and between bodies but did not always take linguistic or conceptual form. They called these ‘affect’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Affect refers to a variety of bodily experiences, sensations, or simply perceived shifts in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25atmospheres&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;atmospheric&lt;/a&gt; intensities that, although conditioned through sociocultural environments, may not take form through culture-specific conventions and meanings. Despite their conceptual ambiguity, affects can feel sensorially distinct. They can feel strong, sharp, or subdued. Alternatively, they can also not feel like much at all, seemingly falling outside a person’s conscious perceptions. As an analytical concept, affect offers new ways to investigate what anthropologists have in the past variously referred to as ‘collective effervescence’, ‘sentiment’, ‘emotion’, ‘feelings’, ‘sensations’, and ‘the senses’. The broad semantic spectrum of these terms suggests not only that emotional experiences are diverse but so too are the conditions that shape them. The adoption of affect as a key conceptual tool was driven in part by a desire to address dimensions of experiences that eluded clearly circumscribed cultural frameworks and linguistic structures of meaning.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Affect theory brings together perspectives from psychology, philosophy, and several other fields such as gender studies, ethnic studies, and literature to explore the bodily and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relational&lt;/a&gt; aspects of feeling. The following sections outline the development of the affect concept in anthropological theory. The first section traces influential genealogical roots for affect found within psychology and philosophy. The second highlights the relation between affect and earlier anthropological work on emotion. Section three evaluates critiques of and counterpoints to affect, given that the term is highly contested and debated within the emerging field of affect theory. The fourth section features distinctive features of the affect concept, and the conclusion considers enduring themes of affect studies, including implications for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; method and disciplinary critique.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Psychological and philosophical forerunners to affect&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Literature on affect in anthropology can be theoretical, abstract, and contested (see introductions to affect such as De Antoni 2019; Liljeström 2016; Rutherford 2016; White 2017). Therefore, it is helpful to outline key theoretical discussions in the past, which have traditionally emphasised Western traditions and that inform contemporary anthropological debates on affect. Two genealogies of this concept are particularly prominent, one psychological and the other philosophical. Each contributes distinct but complementary perspectives to shed light on how affect operates as an embodied and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relational&lt;/a&gt; phenomenon. A common theme of this literature is a concern with how to relate somatic, or bodily, aspects of emotional processes (the ‘affective’) with its symbolic, conceptual, and representational components (the ‘emotional’).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early psychological debates on affect adopted the worldview of Western &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt;, which understood emotional energies as grounded in bodies and inherited through processes of evolution. As part of a natural continuum that humans share with non-human &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;, according to Charles Darwin, emotional capacities could be identified through expressional behaviours, such as tendencies to bear one’s teeth when angry (Darwin [1872] 2018). This evolutionary view remained apparent in an early debate on the definition of emotion, which centred around a famous anecdote that questioned, for instance, whether fear is a condition that triggers one to run upon encountering a bear in the woods or is rather the post-hoc ascription of fear to an aroused body. Psychologist William James’ (1884) idea is that the ‘subjective experience [of sensations like] fear or disgust is the result of a process that unfolds &lt;em&gt;after &lt;/em&gt;the alerting change in core affect’ (Beatty 2019, 202). In other words, although the common view sees emotion as a sensation that comes after one is ‘afraid’ (one sees a bear, becomes afraid, and runs away), James argued the reverse: that one is ‘afraid’ because of the physical experience of bodily sensations (one sees a bear, runs away, and finds oneself afraid).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These early debates on emotion became even more contested with the arrival of Freudian theory and the globalisation of discourses on instincts, Id, and the unconscious (W. Anderson, Jenson, and Keller 2011). With the spread of Freud’s idea that one’s psyche could be split between conscious and subconscious elements, scholars began to more commonly distinguish between feelings as containing both emotionally conscious and affectively un- or non-conscious components. Psychologist Silvan Tomkins (1962a; 1962b) expanded on these ideas, proposing a taxonomy of core affective instincts, such as interest-excitement, enjoyment-joy, or anger-rage. His work posited that while these states are universally &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt;, their expressions vary across cultural contexts. Early innovative essays in critical theory that began using the word ‘affect’ (Sedgwick and Frank 1995a; 1995b) revisited Tomkins’ theories, paving the way for a culturally oriented affect theory. For affect theorists today, this psychological lineage has inspired a set of questions focused on whether affect is universal or culturally distinct, to what degree it is grounded in bodies, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;minds&lt;/a&gt;, or both, and whether affect emerges before, simultaneously with, or after a conscious recognition of an experience of emotion.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Western philosophers also demonstrated an early interest in the relation between the somatic and ideological components of emotion. The philosopher Baruch Spinoza ([1677] 1994) defined affect (or what he called &lt;em&gt;affectus&lt;/em&gt;) as the capacity to ‘affect and be affected’, a common phrase that many anthropologists would later cite. Spinoza described affect as ‘affections of the body by which the body’s power of acting is increased or diminished, aided or restrained, and at the same time, &lt;em&gt;the ideas of these affections&lt;/em&gt;’ ([1677] 1994, 70, emphasis added). Spinoza’s view was that affect (bodily capacities) and emotion (‘the ideas of these affections’) are two dimensions of an inseparable single process, an argument which reflects his opposition to the mind-body dualism of his time.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spinoza continues to inspire contemporary affect theorists who highlight the enduring open-ended, processual, and mutable qualities of the affective body as it exists in relation to different social and material environments. His ideas were rekindled in the widely read materialist philosophy of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18deleuze&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Gilles Deleuze&lt;/a&gt;, and popularised most prominently by the philosopher Brian Massumi (1995; 2002). From Massumi’s point of view, affect indicates pre-conscious modulations of ‘intensity’ moving through and between bodies (Massumi 1995; 2002). Emotion, on the other hand, is ‘qualified intensity’, its conceptual ‘capture’ in meaning, or the ‘socio-linguistic fixing of the quality of an experience which is from that point onward defined as personal’ (Massumi 1995, 88). From this perspective, affect could be understood as a kind of physiological flux of sensation that is registered in bodies and travels between them; emotion, on the other hand, is the conceptualisation of that sensation in a culturally shared and often linguistically coded meaning.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Within contemporary debates on affect, the philosophical idea that ‘arrangements’ (Slaby, Mühlhoff, and Wüschner 2017) of humans and non-human objects shape and are shaped by affect prior to affect’s capture in meaning became a popular and highly contested idea. Many contemporary scholars in the humanities and social sciences cite this particular philosophical genealogy of affect as influential, even if they are also critical of it (Ahmed 2004b; Berlant 2011; Berlant and Stewart 2019; Seigworth and Gregg 2010; Seigworth and Pedwell 2023). For example, some scholars argue that the terms ‘emotion’ and ‘affect’ identify qualitatively distinct experiences that follow ‘different logics’ and ‘pertain to different orders’ (Massumi 2002, 27). Other scholars see emotion and affect as existing along a continuum (Ngai 2005). Still others have proposed that the perception of an ‘affect-emotion gap’ is itself the product of particular discursive knowledge regimes, and varies based on different cultural, political, and socioeconomic applications of affect and emotion as technical terms (White 2017; 2022).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a result of these debates, affect became a helpful conceptual lens through which &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographers&lt;/a&gt; could focus attention on nuanced felt experiences that could exceed or precede cognition and language. It also provided a more fine-grained way to approach the contagious involvement and coordination of bodies that can be witnessed during rituals, political rallies, festivals, or in stadiums. In this regard, affect offered anthropologists more diverse and detailed perspectives on classic sociological theories of sentiment, such as Émile Durkheim’s notion of ‘collective effervescence’ (Durkheim [1912] 2008), which conveys a homogenisation of affects into one single group experience.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, ethnographic research on contemporary militarism in Pakistan demonstrates how the state can mobilise affect to sustain its authority over other political groups in society (Rashid 2020). Through a study of mourning rituals orchestrated by military personnel, anthropologists have shown how the military transforms grief into a resource for national solidarity. Ritual activities like public commemorations of martyred soldiers and state-sponsored funerals create ‘affective subjects’ who embody both personal loss and collective loyalty. Such examples show how affect operates not only as a homogenous collective force that can emerge through large-scale rituals but also as a constellation of complex feelings that can be specifically cultivated by certain social groups and selectively fostered or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resisted&lt;/a&gt; by others.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Anthropologies of emotion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological work on affect builds closely on anthropological studies of emotions. These studies looked primarily to non-Western case studies of emotional experiences to examine how emotions varied from one context to another, providing evidence that challenged universal perspectives assumed by early research. Prominent works on this theme from the early twentieth century approached emotion as a marker of cultural difference. These works were influenced by psychological approaches and were later categorised under the label ‘culture and personality studies’. Representative studies depicted cultures as comparable through their dominant ‘patterns’ of dispositions, attitudes, beliefs, and personalities that make up a specific cultural entity (Benedict [1934] 2005). One influential study of the Japanese by Ruth Benedict, for example, juxtaposed individualistic ‘Americans’ motivated by emotional matrices of guilt and free expression with a more group-oriented ‘Japanese’, who were portrayed as motivated by shame, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21dependence&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;interdependence&lt;/a&gt;, and an obligation to different in-groups (Benedict [1946] 1974). In the case of interpersonal transgression, for example, ‘instead of accusing a man of being unjust, as an American would’, says Benedict, Japanese ‘specify the circle of behavior he has not lived up to’, and pointing to the particular ‘province’ or ‘code’ that was violated (195). Therefore, in cases of socially perceived bad behaviour, an American ‘may suffer from guilt’, whereas for ‘the Japanese’ ‘a failure to follow their explicit signposts of good behavior…is a shame’ (223–4).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the 1970s and 80s, anthropologists reformulated these ideas of cultural difference imagined through constructs of emotion-based patterns and personality types, critiquing them as too rigid, culture-bound, and resistant to change. Instead, they focused on analysing emotional differences that could be observed through linguistic discourses and ‘emotional lexicons’ (Frevert et al. 2014). These anthropologists of emotion focused on cultural differences primarily by scrutinising emotion words in the languages of those they studied that did not neatly translate into English. This method offered insights into a broad human spectrum of emotional experiences existing both across and within different cultural groups.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, in a prominent 1980s study of the Ifaluk in Micronesia, based on fieldwork carried out in the late 1970s, anthropologists highlighted local words such as &lt;em&gt;fago &lt;/em&gt;(loneliness/sadness) and &lt;em&gt;song&lt;/em&gt; (justified anger) to build a critique of the ‘unnatural’ gendered division between reason and emotion in Western cultures (Lutz 1982; 1988). Other anthropologists working among the Pintupi of Australia examined emotions such as &lt;em&gt;rarru&lt;/em&gt; (anger), which arose from threats to ‘shared identity or kinship’ (&lt;em&gt;walytja&lt;/em&gt;) with others. These studies suggested that emotions emerge as semiotic—or meaning-making—practices rooted ‘in social life and its relationship to other signs’ (Myers 1988, 607). Among the Ilongot in the northern Philippines, strong feelings like &lt;em&gt;liget&lt;/em&gt; resembled sentiments of anger and grief but did not have exact equivalents in Anglophone cultures, and appeared highly nuanced, complex, and variable (M. Rosaldo 1980, 1983, 143; R. Rosaldo 1989, 3; Spiegel 2017). These works demonstrated that emotions go beyond discrete bio-psychological categories and are embedded in social processes of language, meaning-making, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethics&lt;/a&gt; (Lutz 1982; 1988; 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite their innovative and nuanced approaches to emotion, some anthropologists perceived limits in what they saw as an increasingly outdated and culture-bound model of comparison. These critiques came in the wake of globalising processes that rendered the cultural boundaries of emotional words less distinct. Additionally, a theoretical turn in the 1980s emphasised a reflexive analysis of the Western literary conventions of anthropological &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21writing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;writing&lt;/a&gt;, and challenged an ‘us-them’ model of culture (Clifford and Marcus 1986; Marcus and Fischer 1986). In light of their focus on culturally specific language and public symbols, previous studies of emotion were also criticised for overlooking aspects of bodily intensity that could exceed and confound language, potentially impacting bodies beyond conscious reflection.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;These critiques grew throughout the 2000s, extending to disciplines beyond anthropology, and resulted in a theoretical shift away from the discursive dynamics of emotion toward sensations that did not neatly map onto emotional lexicons. Some scholars referred to this shift as the ‘affective turn’ (Clough 2007). Authors associated with this ‘turn’ sought to address more explicitly what language-centred analyses in the 1980s and 90s had partly and implicitly left out. Thus, affect theory provided alternatives to certain critiques made of the anthropology of emotion. Yet, it also became the target of new critiques, which argued that affect approaches overlook aspects of sociality in favour of describing bodily sensations, physiology, and abstract energetic processes of cultural dynamics.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Critiques of affect and counterpoints&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;With the rise of theoretical literature on affect, the term became increasingly targeted for critique and reformulation. For example, some critics took issue with an idea of affect as a field of ‘direct feeling’ that is supposedly distinct from the ‘conscious recognition’ of emotion (Ahmed 2004b, 39). They worried this approach risked universalising affect as a natural phenomenon disconnected from the socio-political forces that shape it. Related critiques argued that such a distinction even resembles a form of biological essentialism and reductionism, in which affect is treated as autonomous from ideology (e.g., Leys 2011, 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite these on-going critiques of affect theory, some early studies of emotional and affective processes had specifically sought to show how social dynamics could shape physiological processes that were usually identified as purely biological or psychological phenomena. For instance, while a sensation such as pain may be commonly seen as an objective measure of a body’s biological response to a harmful stimulus, it can also be understood as operating through implicit value judgements of gender, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; difference that ‘code’ pain in ways that register differently in the surfaces of skin. A study of an Australian government report on testimony of the separation of Aboriginal and Torres Straight Islander children from their families in Australia, for example, shows how historical narratives and contemporary legal practices can result in different effects upon the surfaces of bodies. While the report includes Aboriginal testimonies that read painfully to Indigenous communities, its suggestion that white Australians should acknowledge ‘national shame’ but not necessarily feel ‘personal guilt’ could be read as producing different affective results for readers with different skin colours: ‘Indigenous Australians tell their personal stories, but white readers are allowed to disappear from this history, having no part in what was done’ (Ahmed 2004a, 34–5). From this point of view, pain emerges as an immediate sensation, shaped through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; that read and feel differently for different people. Such studies show that ‘sensations are mediated, however immediately they seem to impress upon us’ (Ahmed 2004a, 30).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although some studies like the above had directly addressed how bodily sensations could surface through social categories, other scholars still worried that broader trends in affect theory ignored how gender (Boler and Zembylas 2016; Thien 2005), ethnicity (Ramos-Zayas 2011), and racialisation (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015) shape and socialise affect. In adopting this perspective, affect theorists were entering territory covered by scholars of feminism, ethnic studies, and critical race theory. Some called for ‘critical examinations of “whiteness”’ (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015, 654) and sought to point out explicit examples from historical studies and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;queer&lt;/a&gt; theory that analyse the affective dimensions of racial dynamics. For example, historical studies of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin American&lt;/a&gt; and Caribbean migrants in the United States have shown how certain &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21depression&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;depressive&lt;/a&gt; states were described by predominantly white mental health &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt; through culture-bound taxonomies, such as &lt;em&gt;familismo, fatalismo, &lt;/em&gt;or the ‘Puerto Rican syndrome’ (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015, 660; see also Muñoz 2006). Certain painful feelings tied to migration experiences, surfacing as uncontrollable screaming, trembling, or aggression in young women, were labelled as ‘abnormal’ and characterised through ethnic categorisations (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015, 660). Conversely, as other historical studies have shown, the perception of schizophrenia changed significantly in the 1960s from being seen as a ‘harmless’ condition primarily affecting white people to being viewed as a dangerous disorder characterised by anger and linked with the civil rights and Black Power movements (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015, 660; see also Metzl 2009). These studies show how institutional practices and ways of talking about race can condition negative affective states through racial frames.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Other critics argued that many affect studies ignored the role of history and place in conditioning affective responses, and offered compelling &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; examples as counterpoints. For instance, in a study on the ‘affective geographies’ of post-war Cyprus, after a 1974 partition of the island’s residents into a distinct northern Turkish-Cypriot and southern Greek-Cypriot territory, residents told stories of the melancholic feelings they encountered within ruined &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscapes&lt;/a&gt;. Turkish Cypriots living in the abandoned &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt; of Greek Cypriots in the north faced an ‘atmosphere’ that ‘discharged a feeling of the uncanny, a strange feeling’ that was derived for some ‘out of a sense of impropriety, haunting, or an act of violation’ (Navaro-Yashin 2009, 11). Such studies raise the question of whether the feelings encountered in these landscapes are subjective, coming from the individual’s perception of a historically storied space, or the material environment itself, filled with abandoned objects and unkempt fields. Ethnographic evidence suggests that ‘neither the ruin…nor the people who live around it are affective on their own […] but both produce and transmit affect relationally’ (Navaro-Yashin 2009, 14). Detailed ethnographic studies of these socio-historical qualities of environments and space can help anthropologists unpack the multilayered impacts that some geographers have called ‘affective atmospheres’ (Anderson 2009).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Still other critics worried that philosophical oriented theorists of affect too heavily emphasise a ‘gap’ between the ‘signifying order’ and ‘affective order’; that is, between that which can be articulated and that which escapes linguistic expression (Martin 2013, S155; Ahmed 2004b; Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015; Navaro 2017; Navaro-Yashin 2009). They wondered whether such a distinction was needed between emotion and affect at all. To this question, some of today’s affect theorists respond that neither early formative philosophical works on affect nor much of the affect literature that followed it subscribed to as hard of a break between affect and emotion as was characterised in some critiques of affect. As noted by Massumi in his popular work on affect, ‘The approach suggested here does not accept any categorical separation between the social and the presocial, between culture and some kind of “raw” nature or experience… The field of emergence is not presocial. It is open-endedly social’ (Massumi 2002, 9). Choosing to avoid this debate altogether, some scholars have advocated using the terms ‘affect’ and ‘emotion’ interchangeably (see Lutz 2017) or argued for ‘modal’ approaches that posit affect and emotion on a continuum, ‘whereby affects acquire the semantic density and narrative complexity of emotions, and emotions conversely denature into affects’ (Ngai 2005, 27).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists of ‘embodiment’ have also contributed to discussions of how emotional and affective practices can exist along a continuum. These scholars argue that a focus on embodiment helps situate affect not as distinct from meaning-making processes, suggestive of body-&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt; dichotomies, but as something through which ‘dualities such as subject and object or meaning and the material world (evoking mind/body) can be collapsed’ (McDonald 2018, 187; also see Csordas 1990; 1993). For example, studies of exorcism rituals in Italy show how feelings and affects situated in embodied practices like prayer and touch constitute the basis for the experiential emergence of spiritual entities such as the devil. These felt experiences of the possessed person and the participants in exorcisms, in turn, contribute to the reality and the ‘capturing’ of particular entities into historicised, cultural structures of meaning—namely one demon or angel rather than another (De Antoni 2022). This ethnographically grounded approach to bodily feelings showcases what a focus on affect can offer anthropology.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, some critics raised a methodological concern about philosophical descriptions of affect as an ‘escape’ from ‘perception’ (Massumi 2002, 36) or, in other words, as something that was difficult to articulate or ‘capture’ in language (see also Stodulka et al., 2019). For some ethnographers accustomed to describing their interlocutors through narratives, thinking of affect as that which always escapes its articulation has led to practical and methodological frustrations. It has also invited evocative experimental forms of writing about affect, such as works on everyday American life that attempt to capture the somatic contours of daily routines and ‘ordinary affects’ in poetic language that does not correspond to common analytical concepts (Stewart 2007, 1; also see Berlant and Stewart 2019). Many anthropological works on affect can be both highly theoretical and/or poetic in their approaches, and thus offer powerful insights through virtuosity in prose. At the same time, they can appear to some as overly abstracted from ethnographic contexts (Beatty 2019, 210–6). Thus, writing against the aforementioned critiques, many recent ethnographies analyse affect as situated in historical and cultural contexts (Ahmed 2004b; Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015; Boler and Zembylas 2016; Muehlebach 2011; Muñoz 2006; Navaro-Yashin 2009; 2012; Newell 2018; Ngai 2005). Such works emphasise the simultaneously material, historical, social, somatic, and semiotic aspects of affect, and how these components &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relationally&lt;/a&gt; feed back into one another through dynamic ‘affective-discursive loops’ (Wetherell 2012, 7).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indeed, some recent studies of affect have addressed the challenging question of how socio-material arrangements take on a force that is felt before it is conceived by revisiting classic arguments in social theory, such as in the popular discussion around &lt;em&gt;mana&lt;/em&gt; (Mazzarella 2017a). &lt;em&gt;Mana&lt;/em&gt; is a concept found throughout Polynesia that refers to a transhuman ‘force or efficacy’ that was ascribed to certain people or places that expressed palpable power and ‘vital energetics’ (Mazzarella 2017a, 1). Sociologist Émile Durkheim described &lt;em&gt;mana&lt;/em&gt; as ‘at once a physical force and a moral power’ (Mazzarella 2017a, 1), resembling contemporary anthropologists’ interest in the relation between the emotional-conceptual and affective-somatic aspects of social processes. Such innovate reinterpretations of social theory show that what anthropologists today call ‘affect’ can be used to shed light on classic anthropological debates, resulting in a series of productive connections between anthropological studies of affect, emotions, &lt;em&gt;mana&lt;/em&gt;, collective effervescence, and the ‘senses’ (Howes 2005; Pink 2009).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Advancing distinctive contributions of affect&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite the many critiques of affect, including constructive suggestions to consider the overlapping territory between affect and emotion, there remain strong arguments for maintaining the distinctiveness of the term&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;For example, given that human acts of sensing or ‘feeling with the world’ (De Antoni and Dumouchel 2017) incorporate complex, fluid dimensions of both somatic and semiotic phenomenon, the word ‘affect’ can help disambiguate multiple processes. It can help anthropologists discern somatic processes that seem to function in part outside or below discourse more discretely, catalogue them more comprehensively, and add to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; descriptions’ clarity, granularity, and sensitivity. This can sometimes require the modulation of the ethnographer’s own senses, which broadens previous conceptions of what makes for good ethnographic training.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For example, a case study of the French perfume industry demonstrates how affective capacities can develop through pedagogies of training, sensory exercises, and objects like an odour kit (Teil 1998). An odour kit is ‘made of a series of sharply distinct pure fragrances arranged in such a way that one can go from sharpest to the smallest contrasts. To register those contrasts one needs to be trained’ (Latour 2004, 207). In so doing, a perfumer, or an ethnographer studying perfume, must learn to ‘have a nose’ that allows one to inhabit a (richly differentiated odoriferous) world’ (207). New bodily capacities develop alongside encounters with objects that also operate affectively on the body. The result is that one develops a new, more discrete sensory capacity that at the same time unveils a more sensory-rich world particular to the modern French perfume industry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Affect as a conceptual tool can also point to the experience of feelings that, while conditioned by cultural contexts, often misalign with or even challenge established cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;. It can also help anthropologists articulate what happens in spaces of intimacy, whether of private &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;homes&lt;/a&gt; or of selves, that do not fit—or fit only in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;queer&lt;/a&gt; relation—with established social values. In the Sindh Province of Pakistan, &lt;em&gt;fakirs&lt;/em&gt; (meaning ‘beggars’ in Urdu and, in some cases, ‘transgenders’ in Sindhi) refer to persons who voluntarily take up poverty as a practice of ascetic devotion to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; saints, often motivated by ‘prophetic dreams and personal callings’ (Kasmani 2022, 8). Through devotional practices and mystical encounters with saints, some &lt;em&gt;fakirs&lt;/em&gt; describe experiences of closeness and intimacy with saints that serve both as compelling testimonies of desirable affect for other ascetics and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;morally&lt;/a&gt; troubling stories for religious and political authorities. Thus, affects of ‘private feelings’ and ‘intimate relations with saints carry ramifications for broader regimes and critiques of power’ (10).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another helpful approach to affect is a reflexive one, which subjects conceptualisations of affect, such as ‘the affect-emotion gap’ described above, to ethnographic observation. When doing so, it becomes clear how anthropologists’ practices of theorising affect can resemble those of their interlocutors. In national branding campaigns in Japan, for example, anthropologists noted how something like an ‘affect-emotion gap’ was also conceptualised by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucrats&lt;/a&gt; and national cultural policy makers. These officials observed an affective excitement among global consumers of pop-culture commodities produced in Japan and sought to convert it into an emotionally charged affinity for Japan itself. For example, through government-funded events promoting cultures of &lt;em&gt;manga&lt;/em&gt;, to which many readers are attracted for its minor and counter-cultural themes, officials attempted to mainstream &lt;em&gt;manga&lt;/em&gt; as a national cultural property of Japan. In this way, an increasingly global cultural commodity could be transformed into a potential national resource of soft power (Galbraith 2019; Leheny 2018; White 2022).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A similar process of gapping or splitting emotional processes can be observed within the global technological world of modelling affection, preference, and taste. For example, computer scientists at academic labs and corporate offices in the US who build taste recommendation algorithms for social media feeds presume that an affective appeal for a certain music style can be coded into numbers (Seaver 2022). Such a perspective splits a feeling of affection into the affective dimensions of personal experience and the emotional dimensions of ‘preference’ that can be computed. Similarly, engineers and computer scientists operating in the field of ‘affective computing’ (Picard 1997) at prominent labs at MIT and Cambridge rely on models that understand ‘affect’ as physiological changes in the body and ‘emotion’ as something codable in a machine system and translatable to humans interpreting those systems. Adapting work on affective computing to East Asian contexts, some robot engineers in Japan have experimented with building ‘affective engines’ into emotionally intelligent &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt;, which could theoretically discern the affective states of people by reading the signal of an emotion, such as ‘happiness’, through the facial-expression recognition of a smile (see Fujita and Kitano 1998; White and Katsuno 2021; 2023). These examples illustrate how many specialists in the hard &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sciences&lt;/a&gt; are currently operationalising their own theories of affect to much greater impact than anthropologists. In fieldwork within rapidly changing technological worlds, the term ‘affect’ can therefore help anthropologists track significant transformations in the meanings, applications, and experiences of both human and more-than-human emotion.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusions&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As the above theoretical debates and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; examples illustrate, studies of affect are diverse and contested. Nevertheless, enduring themes remain. Three are prominent. The first is the proposition that affect can point to feelings experienced beyond language or cognition—although not necessarily unaffected by them. Affect is indeed something more than &lt;em&gt;just &lt;/em&gt;meaning. Rather, affect holds promise to add dimensionality to meaning, showing that meaning incorporates dynamic aspects of exchange between bodily experience and signification (Slaby and Röttger-Rössler 2018; Newell 2018; and Mazzarella 2009; 2017b). Affect points to somatic worlds in a way that is &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt; among others and consequentially entangled with semiotic concepts and conditioning. Bringing affect and semiotics together in this way can offer ‘improved understanding of both as the intertwined core of sociality itself’ (Newell 2018, 2).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A second enduring theme of affect is &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relationality&lt;/a&gt;. Although human bodies can be understood as individual sense-making and sense-registering entities, they are far from being &lt;em&gt;merely &lt;/em&gt;an individuated product of established discourse. Rather, bodies can function as nodes that register, exchange, mediate, reciprocate, co-participate, and change in relation with other bodies or simply bodily parts—human or otherwise, living or inanimate (Navaro-Yashin 2009; Bennett 2010). This relationality of affect points directly to affect’s political dimensions and power dynamics, which incorporate aspects of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;, gender, class, and several other theoretical concepts commonly used in socio-cultural anthropology (Berg and Ramos-Zayas 2015; Boler and Zembylas 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Third, although affects may be distinguished by their uneasy alignment with conventional cultural categories, this by no means implies that affects are socially &lt;em&gt;un&lt;/em&gt;conditioned. This point suggests that studies of affect hold potential to not only enrich previous anthropological studies of emotion but also to expand anthropologists’ understanding of the ‘culture’ concept on which the discipline still heavily depends. Through its ability to point anthropologists to the dynamic relation between public symbols and private feeling, the affect lens can unearth experiential dimensions of culture that have not been fully explored until recently.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finally, beyond these enduring themes, affect may hold the greatest potential not in its theory-heavy analytics, which can draw disproportionately from the Western and philosophical traditions outlined above, but rather in its ethnographic applications in fieldwork. A growing collection of richly detailed ethnographies of religious practices, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; media, and human-nature interactions—many of non-Western contexts—show that affective practices exist in diverse and dynamic forms that don’t accommodate easily to established analytical theorising. For example, the deep cultivation of balanced states of feeling through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21buddhism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Buddhist&lt;/a&gt; meditation in Thailand (Cook 2010); the pursuit of ‘queer companionship’ between &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; saints and ascetics (Kasmani 2022); the mediation of the paranormal in Chile (Espírito Santo 2023); or the making of intimate and sometimes indifferent relationships with non-human others such as palms (Chao 2022), orangutans (Chua 2018; Parreñas 2012, 2018), mushrooms (Tsing 2021), and microbes (Benezra 2023): these innovative studies of affective themes diversify anthropology’s traditional understandings of culture; expand who speaks for and feels ethnographic knowledge; and offer reflexive resources for productively undoing and remaking the affective modes through which anthropological work is undertaken.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahmed, Sara. 2004a. &lt;em&gt;The cultural politics of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2004b. “Collective feelings: Or, the impressions left by others.” &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 21: 25–42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Ben. 2009. “Affective atmospheres.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; 2: 77–81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anderson, Warwick, Deborah Jenson, and Richard C. Keller, eds. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Unconscious dominions: Psychoanalysis, colonial trauma, and global sovereignties&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beatty, Andrew. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Emotional worlds: Beyond an anthropology of emotion&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benedict, Ruth. (1934) 2005. &lt;em&gt;Patterns of culture&lt;/em&gt;. Boston: Houghton Mifflin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. (1946) 1974. &lt;em&gt;The chrysanthemum and the sword: Patterns of Japanese culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Meridian Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Benezra, Amber. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Gut anthro: An experiment in thinking with microbes&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bennett, Jane. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant matter: A political ecology of things&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berg, Ulla D., and Ana Y. Ramos-Zayas. 2015. “Racializing affect: A theoretical proposition.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 56: 654–77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berlant, Lauren Gail. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Cruel optimism&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berlant, Lauren Gail, and Kathleen Stewart. 2019. &lt;em&gt;The hundreds&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boler, Megan, and Michalinos Zembylas. 2016. “Interview with Megan Boler: From ‘feminist politics of emotions’ to the ‘affective turn.’” In &lt;em&gt;Methodological advances in research on emotion and education&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Michalinos Zembylas and Paul A. Schutz, 17–30. Cham: Springer International Publishing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chao, Sophie. 2022. &lt;em&gt;In the shadow of the palms: More-than-human becomings in West Papua&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chua, Liana. 2018. “Too cute to cuddle? ‘Witnessing publics’ and interspecies relations on the social media-scape of orangutan conservation.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; 91, no. 3: 873–904.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clifford, James, and George E. Marcus, ed. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Writing culture: The poetics and politics of ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clough, Patricia Ticineto. 2007. “Introduction.” In &lt;em&gt;The affective turn: Theorizing the social&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Patricia Ticineto Clough and Jean Halley, 1–33. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cook, Joanna. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Meditation in modern Buddhism: Renunciation and change in Thai monastic life&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Csordas, Thomas J. 1990. “Embodiment as a paradigm for anthropology.” &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; 18: 5–47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1993. “Somatic modes of attention.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 8: 135–56.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Darwin, Charles. (1872) 2018. &lt;em&gt;The expression of the emotions in man and animals&lt;/em&gt;. Mineola: Dover Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Antoni, Andrea. 2019. “Affect.” In &lt;em&gt;The international encyclopedia of anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Hilary Callan, 1–8. Oxford: Wiley.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. “She talks to angels: Spirit becomings, embodied memories and affective imagination skills in catholic exorcism in contemporary Italy.” In &lt;em&gt;Re-creating anthropology: Sociality, matter, and the imagination&lt;/em&gt;, edited by David N. Gellner and Dolores P. Martinez, 108–25. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Antoni, Andrea, and Paul Dumouchel. 2017. “Practices of feeling with the world: Towards an anthropology of affect, the senses and materiality - introduction.” &lt;em&gt;Japanese Review of Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 18: 91–8.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durkheim, Émile. (1912) 2008. &lt;em&gt;The elementary forms of religious life&lt;/em&gt;. Translated by Joseph W. Swain. Mineola: Dover Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Espírito Santo, Diana. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Spirited histories: Technologies, media, and trauma in paranormal Chile&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Frevert, Ute, Christian Bailey, Pascal Eitler, Benno Gammerl, Bettina Hitzer, Margrit Pernau, Monique Scheer, Anne Schmidt, and Nina Verheyen, eds. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Emotional lexicons: Continuity and change in the vocabulary of feeling 1700-2000&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fujita, Masahiro, and Hiroaki Kitano. 1998. “Development of an autonomous quadruped robot for robot entertainment.” &lt;em&gt;Autonomous Robots&lt;/em&gt; 5: 7–18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Galbraith, Patrick. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Otaku and the struggle for imagination in Japan. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Howes, David. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Empire of the senses: The sensual culture reader&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;James, William. 1884. “What is an emotion?” &lt;em&gt;Mind&lt;/em&gt; 9: 188–205.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kasmani, Omar. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Queer companions: Religion, public intimacy, and saintly affects in Pakistan&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour, Bruno. 2004. “How to talk about the body? The normative dimension of science studies.” &lt;em&gt;Body &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; 10: 205–29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leheny, David. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Empire of hope: The sentimental politics of Japanese decline&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Levy, Robert I. 1984. “The emotions in comparative perspective.” In &lt;em&gt;Approaches to emotion&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Klaus R. Scherer and Paul Ekman, 397–412. Hillsdale: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leys, Ruth. 2011. “The turn to affect: A critique.” &lt;em&gt;Critical Inquiry&lt;/em&gt; 37: 434–72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The ascent of affect: Genealogy and critique&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Liljeström, Marianne. 2016. “Affect.” In &lt;em&gt;The Oxford handbook of feminist theory&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Lisa Disch and Mary Hawkesworth, 16–38. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lutz, Catherine. 1982. “The domain of emotion words on Ifaluk.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 9: 113–28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1988. &lt;em&gt;Unnatural emotions: Everyday sentiments on a Micronesian atoll and their challenge to western theory&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017. “What matters.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 181–91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marcus, George E., and Michael M. J. Fischer. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology as cultural critique: An experimental moment in the human sciences&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Martin, Emily. 2013. “The potentiality of ethnography and the limits of affect theory.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 54: S149–S58.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Massumi, Brian. 1995. “The autonomy of affect.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Critique&lt;/em&gt;, no. 31: 83–109.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Parables for the virtual: Movement, affect, sensation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mazzarella, William. 2009. “Affect: What is it good for?” In &lt;em&gt;Enchantments of modernity: Empire, nation, globalization&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Saurabh Dube, 291–309. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017a. &lt;em&gt;The mana of mass society&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: The University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2017b. “Sense out of sense: Notes on the affect/ethics impasse.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 199–208.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McDonald, Maryon. 2018. “From “the body” to “embodiment”, with help from phenomenology.” In &lt;em&gt;Schools and styles of anthropological theory&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Matei Candea, 185–94. Oxon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Metzl, Jonathan. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The protest psychosis: How schizophrenia became a Black disease. &lt;/em&gt;Boston: Beacon.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlebach, Andrea. 2011. “On affective labor in post-Fordist Italy.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 26: 59–82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muñoz, José Esteban. 2006. “Feeling brown, feeling down: Latina affect, the performativity of race, and the depressive position.” &lt;em&gt;Signs&lt;/em&gt; 31: 675–88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Myers, Fred R. 1988. “The logic and meaning of anger among Pintupi Aborigines.” &lt;em&gt;Man&lt;/em&gt; 23: 589–610.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro, Yael. 2017. “Diversifying affect.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 209–14.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro-Yashin, Yael. 2009. “Affective spaces, melancholic objects: Ruination and the production of anthropological knowledge.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 15: 1–18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2012. &lt;em&gt;The make-believe space: Affective geography in a postwar polity&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newell, Sasha. 2018. “The affectiveness of symbols: Materiality, magicality, and the limits of the antisemiotic turn.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 59: 1–22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ngai, Sianne. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Ugly feelings&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, MA.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Parreñas, Juno Salazar. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Decolonizing extinction: The work of care in orangutan rehabilitation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Picard, Rosalind W. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Affective computing&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, MA.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pink, Sarah. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Doing sensory ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Los Angeles: SAGE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ramos-Zayas, Ana Y. 2011. “Learning affect, embodying race: Youth, Blackness, and neoliberal emotions in Latino Newark.” &lt;em&gt;Transforming Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. 19, no 2: 86–104.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rashid, Maria. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Dying to serve: Militarism, affect, and the politics of sacrifice in the Pakistan Army&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rosaldo, Michelle Zimbalist. 1980. &lt;em&gt;Knowledge and passion: Ilongot notions of self and social life&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1983. “The shame of headhunters and the autonomy of self.” &lt;em&gt;Ethnos &lt;/em&gt;11, no. 3: 135–51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rosaldo, Renato. 1989. “Introduction: Grief and a headhunter’s rage.” In &lt;em&gt;Culture and truth: The remaking of social analysis&lt;/em&gt;, 1–21. Boston: Beacon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rutherford, Danilyn. 2016. “Affect theory and the empirical.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 45: 285–300.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seaver, Nick. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Computing taste: Algorithms and the makers of music recommendation&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sedgwick, Eve Kosofsky, and Adam Frank. 1995a. “Shame in the cybernetic fold: Reading Silvan Tomkins.” &lt;em&gt;Critical Inquiry&lt;/em&gt; 21: 496–522.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, ed. 1995b. &lt;em&gt;Shame and its sisters: A Silvan Tomkins reader&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seigworth, Gregory J., and Melissa Gregg. 2010. “An inventory of shimmers.” In &lt;em&gt;The affect theory reader&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Melissa Gregg and Gregory J. Seigworth, 1–25. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seigworth, Gregory J., and Carolyn Pedwell. 2023. “Introduction: A shimmer of inventories.” In &lt;em&gt;The affect theory reader 2: Worldings, tensions, futures&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Gregory J. Seigworth and Carolyn Pedwell, 1–59. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, Rainer Mühlhoff, and Philipp Wüschner. 2017. “Affective arrangements.” &lt;em&gt;Emotion Review&lt;/em&gt; 11: 3–12.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Slaby, Jan, and Birgitt Röttger-Rössler. 2018. “Introduction: Affect in relation.” In &lt;em&gt;Affect in relation: Families, places, technologies&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Birgitt Röttger-Rössler and Jan Slaby, 1–28. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spiegel, Alix. 2017. “Invisibilia: A man finds an explosive emotion locked in a word.” &lt;em&gt;NPR&lt;/em&gt;, June 1. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2017/06/01/529876861/an-anthropologist-discovers-the-terrible-emotion-locked-in-a-word&quot;&gt;https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2017/06/01/529876861/an-anthropologist-discovers-the-terrible-emotion-locked-in-a-word&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spinoza, Baruch de. (1677) 1994. &lt;em&gt;Ethics&lt;/em&gt;. Translated by Edwin Curley. London: Penguin Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stewart, Kathleen. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Ordinary affects&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stodulka, Thomas, Samia Dinkelaker, and Ferdiansyah Thajib, eds. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Affective dimensions of fieldwork and ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Cham: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Teil, Geneviève. 1998. “Devenir expert aromaticien: Y a-t-il une place pour le goût da Cussinns les goûts alimentaires?” &lt;em&gt;Revue de Sociologie du Travail&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 4: 503–22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thien, Deborah. 2005. “After or beyond feeling? A consideration of affect and emotion in geography.” &lt;em&gt;Area&lt;/em&gt; 37: 450–4.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tomkins, Silvan S. 1962a. &lt;em&gt;Affect imagery consciousness: The positive affects&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1962b. &lt;em&gt;Affect imagery consciousness: The negative affects&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tsing, Anna Lowenhaupt. 2021. &lt;em&gt;The mushroom at the end of the world: On the possibility of life in capitalist ruins&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wetherell, Margaret. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Affect and emotion: A new social science understanding&lt;/em&gt;. Los Angeles: SAGE.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;White, Daniel. 2017. “Affect: An introduction.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 32: 175–80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Administering affect: Pop-culture Japan and the politics of anxiety&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;White, Daniel, and Hirofumi Katsuno. 2021. “Toward an affective sense of life: Artificial intelligence, animacy, and amusement at a robot pet memorial service in Japan.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 36: 222–51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2023. “Modelling emotion, perfecting heart: Disassembling technologies of affect with an android bodhisattva in Japan.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 29: 103–23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Daniel White is a research affiliate at the Leverhulme Centre for the Future of Intelligence at the University of Cambridge. His research examines emotion, politics, and emerging media technologies, with a geographic concentration on Japan and the Asia-Pacific. His recent book is &lt;em&gt;Administering affect: Pop-Culture Japan and the politics of anxiety &lt;/em&gt;(2022, Stanford).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Daniel White, Associate Fellow, Leverhulme Centre for the Future of Intelligence. Level 1, 16 Mill Lane, Cambridge, Cambridgeshire, CB2 1SB, United Kingdom.&lt;/em&gt; Orcid ID: 0000-0003-2866-6587&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Andrea De Antoni is associate professor in cultural anthropology at Kyoto University and Research Coordinator of the Italian School of East Asian Studies (ISEAS) in Kyoto. He specializes in anthropology of religion, experiences with spirits, spiritual healing in contemporary Japan and Italy, the anthropology of the body, affect, and emotions. He has published extensively about these topics in English and Japanese.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Andrea De Antoni, Associate Professor, Kyoto University, Graduate School of Human and Environmental Studies, Yoshida Nihonmatsu-cho, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto 606-8501, Japan.&lt;/em&gt; ORCID ID: 0000-0002-6480-0790&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Hanna Nieber&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Wed, 26 Feb 2025 09:28:00 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2046 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Finance</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/finance</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/rs36399_rs11288_vsla_meeting_14.jpg?itok=bW6ZGeA8&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;Village savings and loan group in Gulu District, Uganda in 2016. Picture by Kristina Just, CARE International and CARE Denmark &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/capitalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Capitalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/equality-inequality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Equality &amp;amp; Inequality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/knowledge&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Knowledge&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/market&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Market&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/daromir-rudnyckyj&quot;&gt;Daromir Rudnyckyj&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Victoria&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;7&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Feb &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2025&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25finance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/25finance&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Finance is a critical dimension of life for most contemporary human beings. Finance refers to the management of money as debt, credit, or capital. Financial practices and techniques date to the dawn of human communities characterised by the division of labour. Indeed, the earliest written records kept in ancient Mesopotamia are records of credit and debt. As such, finance should not be understood as a synonym for capitalism or modernity, but rather as means of administering populations through the management of money. Financial instruments have been deployed in economic systems based on both markets and redistribution. More recently finance has become increasingly indispensable to the organisation of human life, an essential economic sector, and a key domain of employment. As such, it has attracted the attention of anthropologists seeking to understand the systems and practices that undergird human organisation, production, and motivation. Historically, anthropologists have focused most intensively on personal finance, beginning with rotating credit associations and continuing through development initiatives premised on microfinance. More recently, corporate finance has come into focus, with critical work on the discursive practices of market traders, investment bankers, and financial analysts. Less attention has been paid to public finance, with the notable exception of ethnographic research in central banks and newer work on pension funds and municipal bond markets. Anthropology has played a critical role in understanding the black box that is contemporary finance by addressing its practices and its effects on human beings today.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finance has become a critical, if often unremarked, dimension of life for most contemporary human beings. Anyone who borrows &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20money&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;money&lt;/a&gt;, uses a public road, attends a school, has a cell phone, or plans to retire, is affected by finance. Finance can be broadly glossed as the management of money as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt;, credit, or capital. It has been defined as ‘the management of money or other assets, and, in particular, the management of debt and equity as a means of raising capital: making money with money’ (Maurer 2005, 178). Leaving aside the question of what money is, such a definition draws attention to the temporality of money (Miyazaki 2013), or how the value of money changes over time. This is evident, for example, in interest-bearing debt in which the value of money today is greater than its value in the future. Furthermore, finance presumes a community that relies, at least in part, on money or money-like objects and has developed techniques to manage those objects through the processes of organising and allocating &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; and resources.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In approaching finance, it is useful, on the one hand, to distinguish it from capitalism, and on the other hand, to understand that there are at least three broad categories of finance with distinct particularities: personal, corporate, and public. ‘Personal finance’ involves the saving, borrowing, and investment decisions of individuals and households. Much of the early work in the anthropology of finance, especially that examining financial institutions and practices, falls under this rubric. Anthropologists examined practices like rotating savings and credit associations (RoSCAs) in Asia and Africa, where a group of individuals contribute a fixed amount of money to a common pool at regular intervals, and each member takes turns to receive the pooled funds (Ardener 1964; Geertz 1962). Personal finance also includes &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt; financing, mortgage schemes, and student loans (Stout 2019; Zaloom 2019) as well as efforts to finance small-scale enterprises through techniques such as ‘microfinance’. Through microfinancing, low-income individuals or business who lack access to traditional banking are provided with small-scale financial services, such as loans, with the aim of promoting financial inclusion and to reduce poverty (Elyachar 2005; Kar 2018; Schuster 2015). ‘Corporate finance’ describes how firms procure capital through equity investment or credit devices (Lepinay 2011; Ortiz 2021; Souleles 2019) and the analysis of these arrangements (Ho 2009; Leins 2018). It further entails how the instruments and contracts devised to facilitate these sorts of commercial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; themselves become the object of investment and speculation (Hertz 1998; Zaloom 2006). ‘Public finance’ examines the role of states in managing economies through financial techniques as well as the deployment of finance for broader collective goals (Peebles 2021; Riles 2011). This includes activities such as managing inflation (Holmes 2023) or raising funds for public projects (Mizes 2023). Monetary policy, the management of national currencies executed by central bankers and other financial experts, constitutes fertile ground for anthropological analysis of public finance (Abolafia 2020). &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/tax&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Taxation&lt;/a&gt; represents another emerging domain in which critical anthropological questions regarding finance and the public might be asked (Kauppinen 2020; Mugler, Johansson, and Smith 2024).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The importance of public finance, even in economies organised primarily around market action, illuminates the distinction between finance and capitalism. Given that capitalism relies on the management of money to facilitate the pursuit of profit, finance is essential to it. Nonetheless, it would be a mistake to conflate finance with either modernity or capitalism, as finance is also indispensable in any monetised economy whether based on redistribution or the pursuit of profit. Ancient Mesopotamian communities in which redistribution served as the primary mode of exchange required financial mechanisms to ensure the equitable allocation of resources and the preservation of public order. Indeed, the earliest complex human communities that left written records in Mesopotamia developed their systems of writing to initially serve financial purposes, such as the allocation of grain, which was made equivalent to monetary units (Hudson 2004). The vast majority of written records from ancient Mesopotamia document financial transactions, and set interest rates are a distinctive feature of these records (Goetzmann 2016). Soviet communism was also dependent on complex systems of financial management (Mills and Brown 1966). Today, finance is indispensable to any economic endeavour dedicated toward the public good. Sovereign wealth funds utilise ‘custodial finance’ which seeks to benefit the public and meet an array of social commitments (Myhre 2020, 171). Anyone who works at a public university likely does so in a building whose construction was financed through the issuance of bonds.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Indeed, bonds serve as a critical means through which public &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt; is financed, including universities, roads, hospitals, ports, rail lines, electrical grids, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt; and sewer systems (Anand 2018; Muehlebach 2023). Such projects may facilitate the capitalist pursuit of profit, but they are not capitalist in themselves and may serve public or non-profit aims. For example, financing public higher education was justified under the prerogative of fostering a liberal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenry&lt;/a&gt; capable of self-government. As Wendy Brown has argued, the massive post-WWII investment that North Atlantic states made in post-secondary institutions was instrumental to creating robust &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; polities (2015). Financial instruments such as bonds were critical to financing the establishment and expansion of these institutions. As the financing of higher education illustrates, although the bonds used for financing may circulate as tradable commodities on bond markets, it would be a mistake to reduce public finance strictly to the pursuit of profit.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition to distinguishing finance from capitalism, it is useful to differentiate it from the type of capitalism known as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;. Neoliberalism can be conceived of as an extension of market rationality to domains of life not previously conceived of as economic, such as child-rearing, crime rates, or even religious practice (Foucault [1979] 2008; Rudnyckyj 2010).  Finance, as the management of money, can be a means or tool through which such an extension can be executed, but is not reducible to it. An emergent literature on financialisation, which examines the influence of capital markets in contemporary economic and political life (Pike and Pollard 2010), addresses how finance increasingly frames the practices of citizens in their everyday lives (Elder 2017; Pitluck, Mattioli and Souleles 2018; Rethel 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology has made distinct contributions to understanding finance by focusing on the embodied practices of financiers, the reflexivity of financial knowledge, the symbolic nature of financial knowledge and practice, the irrational aspects of financial practice, the formation of subjects through finance, the politics of finance, and the ways in which finance reflects normative &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;. But before delving into these aspects, it is important to trace the development of anthropological scholarship on finance.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Contextualising anthropological scholarship&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Domains of production and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; have long been foci of anthropological inquiry (Meillassoux 1981). In this regard, the discipline has focused on how human communities sustain and reproduce themselves, whether through hunting and gathering (DeVore and Lee 1968; Sahlins 1972), agriculture (Mintz 1960; Rappaport 1967; Wolf 1966), or industry (Dunn 2004; Ong 1987; Rudnyckyj 2010). Yet, despite this, finance is often regarded as a novel object of anthropological focus, best left to economists, or as constituting a distinct academic discipline. Business schools typically have several faculty members who focus on finance as a sub-specialisation of degrees in business or commerce (Orta 2019). Such scholars are engaged in the practical dimension of finance, pursuing research on applied topics such as investment strategy, portfolio management, financial engineering, risk management, and the trading of financial instruments, such as equities,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; bonds, and derivatives.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;This work may entail building mathematical models of investment techniques, the development of formulas through which to understand financial markets, and tools to facilitate risk management.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finance as an object of anthropological inquiry is an outgrowth of the changing focus of the discipline. Whereas in its initial iteration, anthropology assumed a distinction between tradition and modernity and took as its object a primitive other presumed to be outside &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; (Fabian 1983), subsequently anthropology has focused on problems of modernisation and social change (Nash 1965; Peacock 1968; Wilson 1971). As a result, modernity itself became the object of anthropological analysis (Barker et al. 2009; Ferguson 1999; Holston 2008; Newell 2012). Given the constitutive role of finance as a tool of rationalisation (Weber 1958), finance, like other constitutive features of modernity such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; (Rabinow 1999), &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucracy&lt;/a&gt; (Bear and Mathur 2015; Gupta 2012), and capitalism (Nash 1981), has become a focus of anthropological inquiry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Since shortly after World War II, anthropologists became increasingly interested in addressing finance (Bascom 1952). Given the disciplinary engagement with economic development that emerged in this period and the ensuing wave of decolonisation that took place across Asia and Africa, where extensive &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; fieldwork was underway, this was a logical turn of events. Economic growth was the central problem in many of these locations (Bohannan and Dalton 1965; Geertz ed. 1963; 1963). Situated within these shifts, early anthropological works on finance approached it by focusing on development, including bottlenecks to it as well as by studying the existing institutions that might provide the capital to fund development. Anthropologists like Clifford Geertz pursued this line of inquiry and, through their ethnographic work, showed how anthropology could understand factors that inhibited economic growth. For example, in Indonesia, two different communities were seen to lack different critical elements to enable their and the nation-state’s development. While &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Muslim&lt;/a&gt; traders in Java had individual initiative but lacked collective institutions, villagers in Bali had strong collective institutions but lacked individual initiative (Geertz 1963). On the one hand, the Javanese traders were capable entrepreneurs but they did not have forms of social solidarity that facilitated institutions beyond individual or family units. On the other hand, people in Bali readily formed collaborative initiatives, but lacked entrepreneurial dynamism. Engaging with questions of economic development, anthropologists also drew attention to microfinance practices and institutions that were already an integral part of different societies. In this vein, RoSCAs were identified as pivotal institutions that facilitated household investment and consumption in both Asia and Africa (Ardener 1964; Geertz 1962). A major theme of these early studies in emergent &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;post-colonial&lt;/a&gt; societies was how financial forms cemented social ties and served as a means of facilitating collective cohesion.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Over the past four decades finance has become an increasingly critical facet of global economic activity (Kalb 2023, 94). In the US, the financial sector accounts for over 20% of the value added to the GDP (Gross Domestic Product), compared to 11% for manufacturing (Tran 2023). In the UK, the financial sector provides for over 8% of national economic output (Hutton, et al 2024). Given the increasingly important role of finance in contemporary economic life, this domain has become an ever-more important site for ethnographic inquiry. Indeed, perhaps the most widely read anthropologist in the world, and certainly one of the most influential, is the long-time columnist for the &lt;em&gt;Financial Times&lt;/em&gt;, Gillian Tett. Tett has brought an ethnographic sensibility to her explanation of financial crises (Tett 2009) and written explicitly on the value of an anthropological perspective on finance and other domains of contemporary capitalism (Tett 2021).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The difference between finance as an academic specialisation and anthropological work on finance is that anthropological approaches typically entail a ‘second-order observation’ (Holmes and Marcus 2006) and ‘para-ethnography’ (Holmes and Marcus 2006). Second-order observation involves documenting the observations of expert observers. Para-ethnography enjoins anthropologists to recognise the ethnographic practices in which their interlocutors might engage and take them as starting points for their own ethnographic inquiries. In this sense, anthropological work on finance sheds light on the context, assumptions, and background knowledge that constitute knowledge and practice in finance (Rudnyckyj 2024). This disciplinary approach has yielded many generative insights.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As a form of knowledge, practice, and academic discipline, finance is sometimes represented as an objective form of transcendental knowledge. Like other hegemonic forms of positivist knowledge, such as science or medicine, finance presumes that its facts are unassailable, its methods are objective, and the context of its knowledge production are irrelevant. Anthropology interrogates these assumptions by drawing close attention to the embodied, reflexive, and irrational dimensions of financial knowledge instead.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Embodied finance and the reflexivity of financial knowledge&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rather than abstract calculation, anthropologists of finance have shown how finance is embodied in its practitioners. In open outcry financial markets, where traders physically met to buy and sell financial contracts in trading pits, the physical size, gestures, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; of traders were critical to the operation of the market. Bids and offers were articulated orally in full view of other traders as a means of ensuring the transparent functioning of the market. Traders added ‘lifts’ to the soles of their shoes and wore brightly coloured trading jackets to enhance their visibility and increase their chances of being recognised in trading pits (Zaloom 2003, 6). Even more revealing than the material characteristics of trading is the fact that those participating in the exchange of financial instruments came to embody the market, relying on their bodies rather than mental calculation in deciding when to buy and sell. As Caitlin Zaloom explains, ‘In training their bodies as instruments of both reception and delivery of the underlying information of market numbers, the first step is learning not to calculate’ (Zaloom 2003, 7). Although open outcry equity, bond, and derivative markets are largely an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; relic today and most trading is done through algorithms, this work offers broader insights into the embodied domains of financial action.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The embodied nature of finance and bodily dispositions also impact financial action. Thus, there are ‘ways of knowing that are normally repressed, subordinated, and considered slightly illicit—the ways of knowing relegated in such technocratic organizations to the realm of the anecdotal, hype, of intuition, of experience’ (Holmes and Marcus 2005, 237). A specific example is the gut pain that former US Federal Reserve Chairman Alan Greenspan is reported to experience in response to market gyrations and movements in the rate of inflation; the decision of whether to raise (or lower) interest rates in response to such movements is often felt by Greenspan through a ‘pain in the stomach’ (Holmes and Marcus 2005, 241). In this sense, anthropologists have documented how managing the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20money&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;money&lt;/a&gt; supply in the largest economy in the world is not a purely mental or rational process but is quite literally conducted according to gut feeling.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A related intervention in qualitative studies of finance has been to show that financial knowledge differs from other forms of positivist knowledge in its reflexive power. In some &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; disciplines such as physics or geology, the objects of analysis are not fundamentally transformed by or through the act of scientific investigation. Yet financial knowledge can have profound effects on the objects it studies (MacKenzie and Millo 2003, 123). Take, for example, the Black-Scholes options pricing model, created by several professors of finance who were subsequently awarded the Nobel Prize. This mathematical model was developed in 1973 to approximate the value of derivatives based on other investment instruments, taking into account the impact of time and other risk factors, and became used to price options contracts.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Critically, the model became more accurate over time as financial theory reflexively conditioned the financial world that it purported to describe. Traders began to adopt the Black-Scholes model as a ‘guide to trading’ (MacKenzie and Millo 2003, 123). Thus, it was no longer just used to describe the options trading market, but it was reflexively used by traders as a basis for their action in the market. ‘Gradually, “reality” (in this case, empirical prices) was performatively reshaped in conformance with the theory’ (MacKenzie and Millo 2003, 127).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While scholars of finance often presume efficient markets, such markets do not exist outside of textbooks and theoretical models. This is evident in financial practices such as arbitrage trading, which entails exploiting the price differences of an asset in two different markets (Miyazaki 2013). If markets were truly efficient, such differences should disappear as soon as they are noted, yet financial firms and traders can generate profits by exploiting these differences (Donovan 2021). Arbitrage traders themselves facilitate the disappearance of these price differences. In this sense, the practices of arbitrage traders are indispensable in the production of market truths.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists have shown how financial techniques are deployed to extend the ideology of the market to reconfigure different aspects of life, including to alter employment and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; conditions. For example, ‘shareholder value’—the value assigned to different stockholders based on estimated calculations of the company’s profit generating potential over a period of time—was instrumental to rationalise the everyday operations of American business (Ho 2009). Dating to the New Deal,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;American corporations exercised paternalistic corporate practices and were largely insulated from the pressures of the stock market (Ho 2009, 136). This resulted in extensive hiring and generous employee compensation. According to investment bankers, until the 1980s, corporations could disregard the pressures and expectations of the stock market, which led them to insufficiently heed market norms. Instead, they sought to cultivate employee loyalty through generous salaries and benefits and the guarantee of lifetime employment. However, in a bid to make US corporations conform more thoroughly to market calculations and the dictates of economic rationality, in the 1980s, Wall Street investment banks began the widespread deployment of the notion of shareholder value. Making shareholder value the central tenet of corporate life precipitated a stunning transformation by forcing firms to conform more rigidly to market imperatives. Thus, shareholder value served as a vehicle to rationalise corporate practice in an effort to make firms more efficient, productive, and competitive, but at the same time leading to massive dislocations as many employees were laid off, or ‘liquidated’ (Ho 2009).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Representational effects and decentring numerical calculation&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A key anthropological insight has been to document the effects of financial representation. In this sense, anthropologists have analysed how the presentation and communication of financial information impacts individuals and groups. Anthropologists working in central banks have shown how regulators introduce new guidelines to transform the market and achieve desired outcomes. For example, in an attempt to minimize ‘systemic risk’, that is, the potential for a disruption in one part of the financial system to spread and cause widespread instability or collapse of the system as a whole, regulators in the Bank of Japan transformed interbank payments from a ‘designated time net settlement’ system, in which balances are settled at a fixed point in time each day, to a new ‘real time gross settlement’ system, in which each transaction is settled individually, fully, and in real time (Riles 2004, 397). In so doing, regulators sought to transform the market practices of bankers. The new order that they envisioned would reduce the technocratic intervention of regulators and create an interbank settlement scheme which would reflect the ‘aggregation of the actions of individuals, rather than as an artifact of…planning’ (Riles 2004, 397). &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; studies by Annelise Riles, Douglas Holmes, and others document not simply the actions of financial regulators, but rather how those actors seek to reflexively act on the actions of others.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Research in central banks reveals how financial regulators deploy representations to manipulate their objects. Here financial experimentation takes place in practice, rather than at an artificially created distance from the world, as is characteristic of the natural sciences. Often, language itself is mobilised by economic authorities and financial governors to create conditions conducive to economic growth. This creates an ‘economy of words’ in which the deliberate use of language by central banks influences economic behaviour, market expectations, and public perceptions (Holmes 2014). In this sense, regulators rely as much, if not more, on language than statistics and numbers in managing inflation. There becomes a complex but subtle practice of reflexive interpretation among the key economic players, including bankers, journalists, investors, and corporate managers, when they read the policy pronouncements of central banks. The economy of words operates at the limits of calculation ‘where knowledge is imperfect and experience and intuition can or must inform judgment’ (Holmes 2014, 28). Thus, modern financial power acts, through language, on the action of those who are subject to an economy. For example, central banks realise that doubts about the stability of a bank can become ‘self-fulfilling’, leading to the possibility of a bank run, an occurrence when a large number of customers withdraw their deposits simultaneously due to fears that the bank may become insolvent, potentially causing the bank to collapse. In response, central bankers must issue ‘calming statements’ to reassure the public. In this sense, central bankers self-consciously seek to ensure that they are ‘widely believed by the public to be more knowledgeable about the economy and its current state and path than the public itself’ (Holmes 2014, 117). In sum, the economy of words describes how central bankers, through communicative statements, enlist the practices of those who in turn constitute the economy—that is, the public—to realise the representation of central bankers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A focus on the language deployed in financial contracts illuminates critical economic events, such as the economic crisis of 2008. This cataclysm can largely be attributed to the reliance of derivative contracts on promises, whereby derivatives can be used to make promises to repay in the event that other promises will be broken (Austin 1962 in Appadurai 2016). Leading up to the crisis, US banks had issued mortgages with adjustable rates to high-risk borrowers who promised to repay the mortgages. These risky loans were bundled into mortgage-backed securities (MBS), which were sold to investors.  Because they were bundled together, the true risk was obscured. To protect against the potential defaults on these securities, investors and financial institutions had purchased a particular type of derivative called ‘credit default swaps’. These were essentially insurance against the failure of the MBS and thus represented a second set of promises: the promise by an insurer, most notably AIG, to compensate the purchaser in the event of default. When housing prices fell across the board, many of the subprime borrowers defaulted. This led to a collapse in the value of the mortgage-backed securities. AIG then faced massive payouts due to the second set of promises to repay. On a broad scale, what Arjun Appadurai calls the ‘failure of language’ can be disastrous, precipitating the waves of defaults that characterise financial collapse after asset bubbles burst (2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Attention to financial representation enables reflection on the tendency by financial actors and economists to naturalise economic events such as financial crises (Roitman 2014). Liberal economists represent financial crises as the result of failures in judgement. Such failures cause them to misrecognise value in false value. Marxist economists, in contrast, take financial crises as the inevitable outcome of the boom-and-bust business cycle endemic to capitalism. These accounts naturalise crises, rather than viewing them as the contingent outcome of human action and decision-making. Financial actors and economists thus represented the precipitous drop in house prices after 2008 as a ‘natural development’ (Roitman 2014, 44). This interpretation suggests that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt; values reset of their own organic accord, rather than as the concrete effects of the practices of financial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt; who made credit readily available to borrowers based on financial models that did not accurately represent the real estate reality that they were reflexively creating through subprime loans, the securitisation of these loans, and the credit default swaps that insured them. The chain reaction of financial losses that came from these decisions undermined the stability of major institutions and contributed to the 2008 global financial crisis.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The limits to the purely &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; and calculative nature of finance is further called into question through the empirical observation that financial actors are not strictly rational actors, but are prone to story-telling and emotional reactions (Chong and Tuckett 2015). This aspect distinguishes the anthropological approach to finance from the social studies of finance approach common in disciplines such as sociology and geography. The latter approaches can reproduce the very epistemology of finance by presuming that ‘markets are more or less analogous to scientific practice’ (Riles 2010, 795). Financial markets do not conform to predictable, rational models, despite the claims of practitioners (Riles 2010, 796). Indeed, anthropological work has shown that rational calculation can be an obstacle to financial action. As described above, many derivatives traders at the Chicago Board of Trade, for example, actively sought to avoid calculating and assessing risks mathematically because they found it a hindrance to profitable action (Zaloom 2003).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethnographic work on financial analysis shows how important narrative accounts, stories, and representations are in the transmission of financial knowledge (Leins 2018). Financial analysis entails evaluating financial markets by focusing on the present and future prospects of the share prices of listed companies. Qualitative stories provide a critical frame for the numerical data that constitute the intellectual products created by financial analysts. Rather than starting with statistical and quantitative data, financial analysts start with a qualitative narrative about the economy. This story explains the position of a specific company within the broader economy. Statistics and other quantitative data are then mobilised to augment the narrative. Relatedly, anthropologists have found that ideologically laden concepts, such as the efficient markets hypothesis—the idea that share prices reflect all available information—are central to the everyday practices of financial valuation.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Making a determination of financial value on Wall Street is not an abstract process of calculation, but rather a practice that is shaped by subjective notions, such as investment skill and the presumption that share prices actually reflect available information (Ortiz 2021, 244-5).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Subject formation and the reproduction of norms&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological work has found that financial technologies and practices create subjects insofar as they elicit certain habits, constitute identities, and mould dispositions (Chong 2018, 35-63). Some finance practitioners adopt the practices that constitute their work lives in their lives outside &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;work&lt;/a&gt; as well. For example, some arbitrage traders, whose work involves buying and selling assets to profit from price discrepancies in different markets, extend the logic of the market and apply it to their own lives and surroundings (Miyazaki 2003). However, this can become more than just a job pursuit or means of earning a living. Tada, a trader with whom Hiro Miyazaki engages at length, proposes various domains in which to exercise fiscal reason. One idea he floats is purchasing a money-losing religion, restructuring it to operate better, and thus turning it into a financially viable enterprise (Miyazaki 2003, 261). Tada also notes that golf club memberships are overvalued in Japan and that people purchase memberships based on concerns about status and prestige. Tada proposes buying poorly managed golf courses, improving their management, and selling memberships to the public at large instead of just a select group, ‘thereby at once turning a profit and dealing a blow to the irrational Japanese propensity to overvalue status’ (Miyazaki 2003, 261). Tada is fixated on extending economic rationality into domains that were not strictly organised according to its calculus, both on the side of management and consumers. Consumers do not act according to the dictates of market logic as they overpay for something that is not as valuable as they make it out to be. Managers do not act rationally because they are mismanaging their enterprises, at once profiting off the irrationality of consumers but also not garnering maximum profit due to poor administration of their resource. Rather, traders like Tada seek to implement market logic in action to reform institutions and individuals that do not conform to its logic.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Similar to the extension of economic rationality, promoting risk-taking action is another critical tool for shaping a financial actor. Working with risk is a means through which traders form themselves and differentiate themselves from others (Zaloom 2004, 371). The prospect of accruing large profits or suffering devastating losses creates subjects who can not only tolerate the high-stakes scene of the trading floor, but also become vehicles for the accumulation of profits through risk-taking. Financial contracts are also deployed as key means of subject formation as evident in the ways that various branches of the Malaysian state sought to transform the types of contracts used in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; finance in the country from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt;-based to equity-based (Rudnyckyj 2019). Whereas debt-based contracts encourage risk-averse, rent-seeking behaviour, equity-based ones entail more risk and encourage entrepreneurial dispositions. As part of its efforts to foster more entrepreneurial dispositions among segments of the population, especially among the Malay-Muslim majority, the state sought to re-centre Islamic finance around equity-based contracts (Rudnyckyj 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Work on personal finance has shown how financial relations are not merely economic, but are embedded in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; obligations, social status, and kinship networks. In countries on the global periphery undergoing rapid economic transformation, such as Mongolia and Chile, finance shapes collective ties and everyday experiences. Given the breach between formal market economies and traditional systems of exchange, contemporary Mongolians engage in a mix of formal and informal economic practices, navigating risks and the unpredictability of income, market prices, and employment opportunities through flexible strategies (Empson 2020). This includes both a reliance on informal economic practices, such as bartering, family support networks, and small-scale trade, alongside formal employment in sectors like &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19mining&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mining&lt;/a&gt;, government, or retail. Mongolian women navigating change live ‘in the gap’ between futures they desire and the difficulty of their everyday existence.  Similarly, in Chile, financial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarity&lt;/a&gt; shapes everyday life. Families live in a constant state of economic vulnerability, where income is uncertain, and the need to rely on credit or loans is unavoidable. People use a variety of strategies to cope with their financial instability, including borrowing from formal financial institutions, local moneylenders, or friends and relatives (Han 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The role of finance in producing subjects illuminates that it is a profoundly political tool and domain. Whereas disciplines like the scholarly study of business seek to represent commerce and the market as apolitical, anthropological work has documented the power &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; inherent in financial relationships. In one of the earliest analyses that took engagement in financial markets as a central object, Ellen Hertz recognised that the ‘interpretative framework through which Shanghainese read their stock market is firstly political, and secondly, if at all, “economic”’ (Hertz 1998, 23). Indeed, although ostensibly communist, political leaders in China experiment with stock markets to tap into the individual savings of millions of petty entrepreneurs in the interest of national development. This initiative has yielded one of the most impressive economic transformations of recent times in which hundreds of millions of Chinese &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; have been elevated out of dire poverty (Pieke 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In Malaysia, elites sought to make the country’s capital, Kuala Lumpur, into what they called ‘the New York of the Muslim world’ (Rudnyckyj 2014). By this, they meant making it a central node in a transnational alternative to the conventional financial system with its key hubs in the US, the UK, Japan, Hong Kong, and Germany. In so doing, they envisioned a new ‘geoeconomics’ based on hubs not only in Kuala Lumpur but also in places such as Istanbul, Dubai, and Manama. Malaysia is a particularly advantageous site from which to imagine such a project, given its strategic location between the world’s greatest source of surplus capital (the oil states of the Middle East) and its foremost site of industrial production (most notably China, but also the rapidly expanding economies of Southeast Asia). In this emergent economic configuration, Islamic finance experts seek to balance the ethical imperatives of Islam, such as fairness, transparency, and the prohibition of interest, with the practical need to remain competitive and financially profitable in the global market.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ethical concerns are not only limited to efforts to reconcile religious imperatives with financial action. The emergence of environmental and social governance (ESG) concerns in the management and operations of corporations has drawn critical anthropological attention. Anthropologists have found that investors dedicated toward socially responsible investment use ethics as a tool to manage uncertainty in financial markets. In a field marked by unpredictability, ethics are employed not only as a moral guide but also as a practical resource to help investors make decisions when the future of investments is unclear. By embedding ethical considerations into financial practices, investors can create a sense of certainty and confidence about their investments, as they believe they are aligning their actions with long-term societal good (Leins 2020). Shareholder activism constitutes another domain in which ethical concerns intersect and shape financial action. Activist investors focus on issues like environmental &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25sustainability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sustainability&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; rights, social justice, and corporate governance. Such shareholder activism offers a way for investors to participate in shaping the moral direction of corporations, challenging the traditional view that financial markets are purely profit-driven (Welker and Wood 2011).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Relatedly, anthropologists have emphasised how finance can also be a site to address inequality. Following the financial crisis of 2008, a group of financial &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt; formerly employed on Wall Street came together to deploy their expertise to rethink finance in the interest of creating a more equal and just society (Appel 2014). More recently, financial frontiers, as spaces where financial concepts and products are reimagined in ways that challenge traditional boundaries or structures, have become key sites for rethinking normative financial practices and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; (Ballestero, Muehlebach, and Pérez-Rivera 2023). The use of microfinance, informal financial networks, or alternative banking systems that cater to populations that are not well served by traditional banking institutions, are some examples of such reimagining. In contrast, finance can also provide an avenue for deepening inequality, as in Macedonia, where finance served as a means by which an authoritarian regime could strengthen its grip on power (Mattioli 2020). Construction in the country’s capital, Skopje, was enabled by international investment. Although credit relationships expanded, political elites were able to monopolise access to this international credit. As financial flows were centralised and restricted, these elites were able to create a vast network of exploitative domestic debt relations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; work has revealed how normative values shape the perceptions of financial actors, particularly in their own understanding of the effects of their action. A case in point is private equity, a form of investment where firms invest in private companies, often taking a controlling interest, with the goal of increasing their value and selling them for a profit. Private equity investors justify their wealth and privilege based on the notion that they are hard workers and create value, and the Protestant values that attribute moral worth to labour provide a frame for the activities of these well-off private equity investors and serve to justify their actions (Souleles 2019). Similarly, Wall Street financiers enter the career of investment banking as fresh graduates of certain Ivy League universities as ‘the smartest’ and ‘the brightest’, and thereby become socialised into a world of high risk and high reward (Ho 2009). Moreover, the corridors of finance &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduced&lt;/a&gt; many of the same &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, class, and gender hierarchies that likewise structure other domains of modern life (Fisher 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finance is a constitutive pillar of contemporary life for most human beings today. Whether considering credit provided though microfinance, the impact of stock market gyrations on retirement accounts, or public bonds that build our places of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;work&lt;/a&gt;, modern life seems almost unimaginable outside the management of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20money&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;money&lt;/a&gt;. Hence, finance constitutes a critical domain for analysis and inquiry. Given its centrality to modern life, yet how poorly it is understood, anthropological work dedicated toward understanding how power works must engage with dominant forms of finance as well as alternatives to it. Germinal anthropological accounts have opened the ‘black box’ of finance and illuminated many of its presumptions. These include its claims to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; status, its apolitical nature, the power of its representations, the reflexive relationship that it has with the broader economy, and its power to mould subjects.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finance is a complex system comprised of esoteric practices and symbolic representation. Whereas anthropology has long attended to symbolic systems such as language (Basso 1979), religion (Geertz 1973), kinship (Schneider 1968) and the symbolic dimensions of capitalism (Sahlins 1976), the symbolic nature of finance has yet to be thoroughly unpacked. Symbolic representation in finance is premised on stochastic models and high-level mathematical reasoning. With some notable exceptions (Maurer 2002; Myhre and Holmes 2022), anthropologists have avoided extensive inquiry into the symbolic nature of finance. It will be incumbent upon future anthropological research projects to engage on this level if the discipline is to continue to create generative insights into the operations of finance in the future and fulfil its role of unmasking the taken-for-granted truths of modern life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this sense, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research has the potential to raise the veil on the inner mechanisms of finance, demystify its opacity, and relativise its truth claims, perhaps contributing to bringing into being a more equitable future. To achieve this end, research in the domain of finance will be most effective if it entails analysis rather than critique or denunciation. Anthropologists can generate future insights into how finance operates by reporting on its practices and decoding its mode of knowledge, much as they have done with other domains of human life, such as kinship, religion, or language.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This is an unprecedented moment in the history of finance. The financial crisis of 2007-2009 violated long-accepted truisms about the behaviour of real estate markets and challenged the models that financiers use to model markets (Taleb 2007). The response to the crisis brought about widespread experiments with zero and negative interest rates, meaning that borrowing money at an institutional level was free and, in some cases, subsidised. More recently, states around the world have struggled to control inflation. The common strategy of controlling inflation through raising interest rates has proven to be inadequate. A recent paper published by an official of the Federal Reserve, the central bank of the US, contends that economists have a poor understanding of how economies operate and the effects of the financial models they use (Rudd 2021). Given these developments, the time is nigh for anthropologists to further engage with this critical domain of expertise and bring to light precisely how these opaque domains shape contemporary human life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Research for this entry was carried out as part of research funded by the Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council of Canada (SSHRC) under the Insight Program, Grant Number 435-2018-0453.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abolafia, Mitchel. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Stewards of the market: How the Federal Reserve made sense of the financial crisis&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anand, Nikhil, Akhil Gupta and Hannah Appel, eds. 2018. &lt;em&gt;The promise of infrastructure&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appadurai, Arjun. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Banking on words: The failure of language in the age of derivative finance&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appel, Hannah. 2014. “Occupy Wall Street and the economic imagination.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 4: 602–25.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ardener, Shirley. 1964. “The comparative study of rotating credit associations.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 94, no. 2: 201–29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Austin, John L. 1962. &lt;em&gt;How to do things with words&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ballestero, Andrea, Andrea Muehlebach, and Gloria Pérez-Rivera. 2023. “What is a financial frontier?” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Cultural Economy&lt;/em&gt; 16, no. 3: 311–22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barker, J., J. Lindquist, T. Boellstorff, C. Brown, A. Danusiri, D. Darmadi, S. Gibbings, J. H. Grayman, J. Hoesterey, and C. Jones. 2009. “Figures of Indonesian modernity.” &lt;em&gt;Indonesia&lt;/em&gt; 87: 35–72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bascom, William R. 1952. “The Esusu: A credit institution of the Yoruba.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; 82, no. 1: 63–9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Basso, Keith H. 1979. &lt;em&gt;Portraits of &quot;the whiteman&quot;: Linguistic play and cultural symbols among the Western Apache&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bear, Laura, and Nayanika Mathur. 2015. “Introduction: Remaking the public good.” &lt;em&gt;The Cambridge Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 33, no. 1: 18–34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bohannan, Paul, and George Dalton. 1965. &lt;em&gt;Markets in Africa: Eight subsistence economies in transition&lt;/em&gt;. Garden City, NY: Anchor Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brown, Wendy. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Undoing the demos: Neoliberalism’s stealth revolution&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chong, Kimberly. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Best practice: Management consulting and the ethics of financialization in China&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chong, Kimberly, and David Tuckett. 2015. “Constructing conviction through action and narrative: How money managers manage uncertainty and the consequence for financial market functioning.”&lt;em&gt; Socio-Economic Review &lt;/em&gt;13, no. 2: 309–30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;DeVore, Irven, and Richard B. Lee, eds. 1968. &lt;em&gt;Man the hunter&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Donovan, Kevin P. 2021. “Magendo: Arbitrage and ambiguity on an East African frontier.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 110–37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dunn, Elizabeth C. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Privatizing Poland: Baby food, big business, and the remaking of labor&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elder, Laura. 2017. &quot;Gendered accounts of expertise within Islamic finance and financialization in Malaysia.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Sharia dynamics: Islamic law and sociopolitical processes&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Timothy P. Daniels, 171–203. New York: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elyachar, Julia. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Markets of dispossession: NGOs, economic development, and the state in Cairo&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Empson, Rebecca M. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Subjective lives and economic transformations in Mongolia: Life in the gap&lt;/em&gt;. London: UCL Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fabian, Johannes. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Time and the other: How anthropology makes its object&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ferguson, James. 1999. &lt;em&gt;Expectations of modernity: Myths and meanings of urban life on the Zambian Copperbelt&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fisher, Melisa S. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Wall Street women&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foucault, Michel. (1979) 2008. &lt;em&gt;The birth of biopolitics: Lectures at the College De France, 1978-1979&lt;/em&gt;. Houndmills: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, Clifford. 1962. “The rotating credit association: A &#039;middle rung&#039; in development.” &lt;em&gt;Economic Development and Cultural Change&lt;/em&gt; 10, no. 3: 241–63.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, ed. 1963. &lt;em&gt;Old societies and new states: The quest for modernity in Asia and Africa&lt;/em&gt;. Glencoe: Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1963. &lt;em&gt;Peddlers and princes: Social change and economic modernization in two Indonesian towns&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1973. &quot;Religion as a cultural system.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;The interpretation of cultures&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Clifford Geertz. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goetzmann, William N. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Money changes everything: How finance made civilization possible&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gupta, Akhil. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Red tape: Bureaucracy, structural violence, and poverty in India&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Han, Clara. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Life in debt: Times of care and violence in neoliberal Chile&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hertz, Ellen. 1998. &lt;em&gt;The trading crowd: An ethnography of the Shanghai stock market&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ho, Karen. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Liquidated: An ethnography of Wall Street&lt;/em&gt;. Durham: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holmes, Douglas.  2006. &quot;Fast capitalism: Para-ethnography and the rise of the symbolic analyst.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Frontiers of capital: Ethnographic reflections on the new economy&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Melissa S. Fisher and Greg Downey, 33–57. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2014. &lt;em&gt;Economy of words: Communicative imperatives in central banks&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2023. “Quelling inflation: The role of the public.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Today&lt;/em&gt; 39, no. 2: 6–11.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holmes, Douglas, and George Marcus. 2005. &quot;Cultures of expertise and the management of globalization: Toward the re-functioning of ethnography.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Global assemblages: Technology, politics, and ethics as anthropological problems&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Aihwa Ong and Stephen Collier, 235–52. Malden: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holston, James. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Insurgent citizenship: Disjunctions of democracy and modernity in Brazil&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hudson, Michael. 2004. &quot;The archaeology of money: Debt vs. barter theories of money’s origins.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Credit and state theories of money&lt;/em&gt;, edited by L. Randall Wray, 99–127. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hutton, Georgina, Abbas Panjwani, and Matthew Ward. 2024. &quot;Financial services in the UK.&quot; &lt;em&gt;House of Commons Library&lt;/em&gt;, November 18. https://researchbriefings.files.parliament.uk/documents/SN06193/SN06193.pdf&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kalb, Don. 2023. “Two theories of money: On the historical anthropology of the state-finance nexus.” &lt;em&gt;Focaal&lt;/em&gt; 95: 92–112.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kar, Sohini. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Financializing poverty: Labor and risk in Indian microfinance&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kauppinen, Anna-Riikka. 2020. “God&#039;s delivery state: Taxes, tithes, and a rightful return in urban Ghana.” &lt;em&gt;Social Analysis&lt;/em&gt; 64, no. 2: 38–58.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leins, Stefan. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Stories of capitalism: Inside the role of financial analysts&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2020. “‘Responsible investment’: ESG and the post-crisis ethical order.” &lt;em&gt;Economy and Society&lt;/em&gt; 49, no. 1: 71–91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lepinay, Vincent 2011. &lt;em&gt;Codes of finance: Engineering derivatives in a global bank&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MacKenzie, Donald, and Yuval Millo. 2003. “Constructing a market, performing a theory: The historical sociology of a financial derivatives exchange.” &lt;em&gt;American Journal of Sociology&lt;/em&gt; 109, no. 1: 107–45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mattioli, Fabio. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Dark finance: Illiquidity and authoritarianism at the margins of Europe&lt;/em&gt;. Stanford: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maurer, Bill. 2002. “Repressed futures: Financial derivatives&#039; theological unconscious.” &lt;em&gt;Economy and Society&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 1: 15–36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2005. &quot;Finance 2.0.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;A handbook of economic anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by James Carrier, 183–201. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meillassoux, Claude. 1981. &lt;em&gt;Maidens, meal and money: Capitalism and the domestic community&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mills, Robert H., and Abbott L. Brown. 1966. “Soviet economic developments and accounting.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Accountancy&lt;/em&gt; 121, no. 6: 40–6.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mintz, Sidney. 1960. “Peasant markets.” &lt;em&gt;Scientific American &lt;/em&gt;203, no. 2: 112–23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Miyazaki, Hirokazu. 2003. “The temporalities of the market.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 105, no. 2: 255–65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. &lt;em&gt;Arbitraging Japan: Dreams of capitalism at the end of finance&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mizes, James Christopher. 2023. “Anti-public finance? The democratic effects of municipal bond markets.” &lt;em&gt;International Journal of Urban and Regional Research&lt;/em&gt; 47, no. 6: 917–39.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlebach, Andrea. 2023. &lt;em&gt;A vital frontier: Water insurgencies in Europe&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mugler, Johanna, Miranda Sheild Johansson, and Robin Smith. 2024. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and tax: Ethnographies of fiscal relations.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Myhre, Knut Christian. 2020. &quot;Financialization and the Norwegian state: Constraints, contestations, and custodial finance in the world&#039;s largest sovereign wealth fund.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;Financialization: Relational approaches&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Don Kalb and Chris Hann, 157–76. New York: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Myhre, Knut Christian, and Douglas R. Holmes. 2022. “Reframing welfare: Expectations, collaboration and ownership at the world’s largest sovereign wealth-fund.” &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Forum&lt;/em&gt; 32, no. 2: 158–80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nash, June. 1981. “Ethnographic aspects of the world capitalist system.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 10: 393–423.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nash, Manning. 1965. “The role of village schools in the process of cultural and economic modernization.” &lt;em&gt;Social and Economic Studies&lt;/em&gt; 14, no. 1: 131–43.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newell, Sasha. 2012. &lt;em&gt;The modernity bluff: Crime, consumption, and citizenship in Côte d&#039;Ivoire&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ong, Aihwa. 1987. &lt;em&gt;Spirits of resistance and capitalist discipline: Factory women in Malaysia&lt;/em&gt;. Albany: State University of New York Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Orta, Andrew. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Making global MBAs: The culture of business and the business of culture&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ortiz, Horacio. 2021. &lt;em&gt;The everyday practice of valuation and investment: Political imaginaries of shareholder value&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Peacock, James L. 1968. &lt;em&gt;Rites of modernization: Symbolic and social aspects of Indonesian proletarian drama&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Peebles, Gustav. 2021. “Banking on digital money: Swedish cashlessness and the fraying currency tether.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 36, no. 1: 1–24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pieke, Frank. 2014. &quot;Anthropology, China, and the Chinese century.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;em&gt;43&lt;/em&gt;, no. 1: 123-138.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pike, Andy, and Jane Pollard. 2010. “Economic geographies of financialization.” &lt;em&gt;Economic Geography&lt;/em&gt; 86, no. 1: 29–51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pitluck, Aaron. Z., Fabio Mattioli, and Daniel Souleles. 2018. “Finance beyond function: Three causal explanations for financialization.” &lt;em&gt;Economic Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 5, no. 2: 157–71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rabinow, Paul. 1999. &lt;em&gt;French DNA: Trouble in purgatory&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rappaport, Roy A. 1967. &lt;em&gt;Pigs for the ancestors: Ritual in the ecology of a New Guinea people&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rethel, Lena. 2018. “Capital market development in Southeast Asia: From speculative crisis to spectacles of financialization.” &lt;em&gt;Economic Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 5, no. 2: 185–97.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Riles, Annelise. 2004. “Real time: Unwinding technocratic and anthropological knowledge.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 3: 392–405.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. “Collateral expertise: Legal knowledge in the global financial markets.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 51, no. 6: 795–806.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2011. &lt;em&gt;Collateral knowledge: Legal reasoning in the global financial markets&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Roitman, Janet. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Anti-crisis&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rudd, Jeremy B. 2021. Why do we think that inflation expectations matter for inflation? (and should we?). &lt;em&gt;Finance and Economics Discussion Series &lt;/em&gt;2021-062. Washington: Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.17016/FEDS.2021.062&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.17016/FEDS.2021.062&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rudnyckyj, Daromir. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Spiritual economies: Islam, globalization, and the afterlife of development&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. “Economy in practice: Islamic finance and the problem of market reason.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 41, no. 1: 110–27.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017. “Subjects of debt: Financial subjectification and collaborative risk in Malaysian Islamic finance.” &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; 119, no. 2: 269–83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019. &lt;em&gt;Beyond debt: Islamic experiments in global finance&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2024. “Econography: Observing expert capitalism.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 65, no. 4: 674–700.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sahlins, Marshall. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Stone age economics&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: Aldine-Atherton.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1976. &lt;em&gt;Culture and practical reason&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schneider, David M. 1968. &lt;em&gt;American kinship: A cultural account&lt;/em&gt;. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,: Prentice-Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schuster, Caroline E. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Social collateral: Women and microfinance in Paraguay&#039;s smuggling economy&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Souleles, Daniel Scott 2019. &lt;em&gt;Songs of profit, songs of loss: Private equity, wealth, and inequality&lt;/em&gt;. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stout, Noelle. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Dispossessed: How predatory bureaucracy foreclosed on the American middle class&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taleb, Nassim Nicholas. 2007. &lt;em&gt;The black swan: The impact of the highly improbable&lt;/em&gt;. 1st edition. New York: Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tett, Gillian. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Fool&#039;s gold: The inside story of J.P. Morgan and how Wall Street greed corrupted its bold dream and created a financial catastrophe&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2021. &lt;em&gt;Anthro-vision: A new way to see in business and life&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Simon &amp;amp; Schuster.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tran, Hung. 2023. &quot;Financialization has increased economic fragility.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Econographics&lt;/em&gt; (The Atlantic Council), December 1.  &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/econographics/financialization-has-increased-economic-fragility/&quot;&gt;https://www.atlanticcouncil.org/blogs/econographics/financialization-has-increased-economic-fragility/&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber, Max. 1958. &quot;Bureaucracy.&quot; In &lt;em&gt;From Max Weber: Essays in sociology&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Hans Gerth and C. Wright Mills, 196–244. New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Welker, Marina A., and David Wood. 2011. “Shareholder activism and alienation.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 52 (S3): 57–69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wilson, Monica. 1971. &lt;em&gt;Religion and the transformation of society: A study in social change in Africa&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wolf, Eric. 1966. &lt;em&gt;Peasants&lt;/em&gt;. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zaloom, Caitlin. 2003. “Ambiguous numbers: Trading technologies and interpretation in financial markets.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 30, no. 2: 1–15.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2004. “The productive life of risk.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 19, no. 3: 365–91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2006.&lt;em&gt; Out of the pits: Trading and technology from Chicago to London.&lt;/em&gt; Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019. &lt;em&gt;Indebted: How families make college work at any cost&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Daromir Rudnyckyj is Professor of Anthropology at the University of Victoria, where he serves as Director of the Counter Currency Laboratory. He is the author of &lt;em&gt;Beyond debt: Islamic experiments in global finance&lt;/em&gt; (2019, Chicago University Press) and &lt;em&gt;Spiritual economies: Islam, globalization, and the afterlife of development&lt;/em&gt; (2010, Cornell University Press). He is the co-editor of &lt;em&gt;Religion and the morality of the market&lt;/em&gt; (2017, Cambridge University Press).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Professor Daromir Rudnyckyj, Department of Anthropology, University of Victoria, PO Box 1700 STN CSC, Victoria BC V8W 2Y2, Canada. &lt;/em&gt;Orcid ID: &lt;a href=&quot;https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3940-4881&quot;&gt;0000-0003-3940-4881&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt; 
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; 2025. “Bond.” &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia Britannica&lt;/em&gt;, February 3. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.britannica.com/money/bond-finance&quot;&gt;https://www.britannica.com/money/bond-finance&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a more technical definition, please see Lee, Cheng Few, and Alice C. Lee, eds. &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia of finance&lt;/em&gt;. Cham, Switzerland: Springer International.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; 2025. “Equities.” &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia Britannica&lt;/em&gt;, January 26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.britannica.com/money/stock-finance&quot;&gt;https://www.britannica.com/money/stock-finance&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; Ashburn, Doug. 2025. “Derivatives.” &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia Britannica&lt;/em&gt;, January 29. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.britannica.com/money/derivatives&quot;&gt;https://www.britannica.com/money/derivatives&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; 2025. “Option (finance).” &lt;em&gt;Wikipedia&lt;/em&gt;, Wikimedia Foundation, last modified January 26. &lt;a href=&quot;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Option_(finance&quot;&gt;https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Option_(finance&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;For a more technical definition, please see Lee, Cheng Few, and Alice C. Lee, eds. &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia of finance&lt;/em&gt;. Cham, Switzerland: Springer International.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; 2025. “New Deal.” &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia Britannica&lt;/em&gt;, January 29. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.britannica.com/event/New-Deal&quot;&gt;https://www.britannica.com/event/New-Deal&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; Financial valuation refers to the relationship between the market value of a company, derived from its share price, and the revenue stream that it generates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Riddhi Bhandari&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Fri, 07 Feb 2025 14:23:20 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2043 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Depression</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/depression</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/pawel-szvmanski-vuwlcfhvk5y-unsplash_bw.jpeg?itok=rPsKFcOy&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/depression&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Depression&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/drugs&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Drugs&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/neoliberalism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/psychology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Psychology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/junko-kitanaka&quot;&gt;Junko Kitanaka&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/stefan-ecks&quot;&gt;Stefan Ecks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Keio University &amp; University of Edinburgh&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;30&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Mar &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2021&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21depression&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/21depression&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Depression, which psychiatrists regard as a most common mental illness, has been examined by anthropologists especially closely since the 1980s. While most medical experts consider depression as a universal, neurobiological disease that requires a global public health intervention, anthropologists instead ask why the illness known in psychiatry as ‘depression’ appears to have been extremely rare in much of the world until very recently. They also investigate how a supposedly neurobiological disorder could possibly arise with increasing frequency in so many places in such a short time. Some anthropologists suggest that the apparent rise of depression is co-constituted by changes in diagnostic criteria, a medicalisation of normal distress, as well as the growing influence of the global pharmaceutical industry. They have questioned the assumption of a clear-cut border between normalcy and abnormalcy, illuminated depression’s social origins, and problematised the extension of medical power into spheres of life that used to lie beyond the reach of medicine. This entry shows how anthropologists investigated depression before and after its alleged global rise in the 1990s, and how this phenomenon can be understood as a cultural, historical product profoundly influenced by socioeconomic transformations of the current time.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Depression, which psychiatrists define as a constellation of low energy, low self-worth, and low mood, has emerged as a global concern since the 1990s. Calculated in terms of disease burden through &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt;-adjusted life years (or DALYs), depression is deemed the world’s second most common disorder after cardiovascular disease (Murray &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2013). It reportedly affects more than 264 million people worldwide (Ritchie &amp;amp; Roser 2021). Most medical experts and epidemiologists consider depression to be a universal, neurobiological disease that requires a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19ghealth&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;global public health&lt;/a&gt; intervention. Anthropologists, on the other hand, ask why the illness known in psychiatry as ‘depression’ appears to have been extremely rare in much of the world until very recently, and how a supposedly neurobiological disorder could possibly arise with increasing frequency in so many places in such a short time. Some anthropologists suggest that the apparent rise of depression is co-constituted by changes in diagnostic criteria, a medicalisation of normal distress, as well as the growing influence of the global pharmaceutical industry. Anthropologists tend to be critical of biologising perspectives that see moods and emotions as the same across the world, irrespective of cultural and social contexts (Ecks 2016).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry will survey some anthropological works on the subject before and after the alleged global rise of depression in the 1990s. The ascent of depression mirrors that of suicide, which was a global concern at the turn of the twentieth century, leading to its sustained epidemiological study and a theory of individual mental distress as a symptom of collective malady (Durkheim 1952 [1897]). The rise of depression at the turn of the twenty-first century has provided a fertile ground for new anthropological concepts and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; approaches. This entry will show how anthropologists have frequently questioned the assumption of a clear-cut border between normalcy and abnormalcy, illuminated depression’s social origins, and problematised the extension of medical power into spheres of life that used to lie beyond the reach of medicine. Anthropologists tend to challenge biomedicine’s one-size-fits-all prescriptions for treatment and its underlying assumption that a person with symptoms of depression can be treated as an individualised and decontextualised being, cut off from social interactions and complex power &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; (Kleinman &amp;amp; Good 1985). The entry also examines the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; implications of the current rise of depression by considering its relationship to wider socioeconomic transformations, including the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalisation&lt;/a&gt; of selfhood.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Culture, gender, and situated biologies&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If few psychiatrists dispute the universality of depression today, it was still a matter of debate in the mid-twentieth century, when the level of depression reported from most non-Western societies was low. Some psychiatrists even wondered if depression was a culture-bound Western illness, which they saw as reflecting a supposedly more mature and introspective Western self (see Littlewood &amp;amp; Dein 2000). This model of depression derives in part from the Western concept of melancholy that preceded it and that is rooted in Greco-Roman humoral medicine. Melancholy was not just a pathology, but was also seen as a source of reflexivity and creativity (Jackson 1986, Radden 2000). This line of thinking led some psychiatrists to assume that the relative lack of depression among non-Westerners was a sign of their immaturity and lack of insight, even a lack of Christian guilt, which made them immune to depression (see Littlewood &amp;amp; Dein 2000). One of them even echoed Jean-Jacques Rousseau&#039;s theme of ‘noble savages’ in claiming in a WHO report that Africans were not prone to depression because of their ‘lack of responsibility’ (Carrothers 1953, cited in Beiser 1985: 273).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Residue from these &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racialised&lt;/a&gt; and ethnocentric ideas continued to be found in later twentieth century psychological and psychiatric discussions that depicted Westerners as introspective and intellectually articulate ‘psychologisers’ and non-Westerners as unreflexive and more instinctual ‘somatizers’ (see White 1982). They explained the relative absence of depression among non-Westerners in terms of their alleged incapability in recognising psychological distress, which would instead be expressed as bodily symptoms (for criticism, see White 1982 and Kirmayer 1999; Ecks 2013, Kleinman &amp;amp; Good 1985). Women and the working class tended to be depicted as ‘somatizers’ well into the late-twentieth century (see Kirmayer 1999), speaking to the continuing presence of gender, class, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt; biases in the psychiatric discourse about depression.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists made a case against conventional psychiatry by arguing for the ‘work of culture’ (Obeyesekere 1985). They showed that local habits and traditions, such as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21buddhism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Buddhism&lt;/a&gt;, can protect people from depression by transforming negative &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt; into publicly acceptable narratives and symbols. In an influential yet controversial article, Gananath Obeyesekere (1985) discussed the case of a Sri Lankan man whom psychiatrists would diagnose with depression but who, in a Buddhist context, was revered for achieving enlightenment because he saw the world as full of suffering. No society distinguishes categorically between mental illness and health (Keyes 1985). Sorrow and grief are often linked with inner depth and dignity, not pathology (also see Good, Good &amp;amp; Moradi 1985). Given these alternative perspectives of experiencing the world, some anthropologists argued that the high rate of depression in the US was a product of an American ethnopsychology that prioritises the constant pursuit of happiness as a basic aim of human existence (Lutz 1985).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One important instance of historical and regional variations of depression is its gender ratio. Although depression today is said to affect women twice as much as men, even in the West at the turn of the twentieth century, elite men used to be depicted as more prone to depression (as an illness of reflexivity) than women. For women, a diagnosis of hysteria was more likely (Showalter 1985; Raden 2000; see also Metzl 2003). Cultural perceptions of women in distress, and the ways in which people perceive and engage with these women, are associated with regional prevalence of depression, along with symptom-reporting and help-seeking behaviours. For example, postpartum depression is a major public health issue in the US and Europe, but it is not universally discussed or even recognised elsewhere. Anthropologists have found that a social and ritual structuring of the postpartum period protects women from depression. This structuring includes ‘1) protective measures and rituals reflecting the presumed vulnerability of the new mother; 2) social seclusion; 3) mandated rest; 4) assistance in tasks from relatives and mid-wives; and 5) social recognition through rituals, gifts, etc. of the new social status of the mother’ (Stern &amp;amp; Kruckman 1983: 1039). The authors also suggested that regional differences in prevalence might stem from the fact that most cases of postpartum depression are mild, not psychotic, and that such milder forms of depression are more easily shaped by cultural influences (Stern &amp;amp; Kruckman 1983).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In a study that introduced the influential concept of ‘local biologies’ (later redefined as ‘situated biologies’), Margaret Lock (1993) argued that experiences of disease and illness need to be understood as products of interplay between individual biology and sociocultural environment. Lock noted a statistical anomaly in the WHO’s cross-national depression survey, which reported that Japan not only showed lower rates of depression than its Western counterparts but that it was the only country included in the survey where slightly more men than women appeared to suffer from depression (Sartorius &amp;amp; WHO 1983). She explored this epidemiological puzzle by researching women at menopausal age in Japan and North America, and argued that an individual’s genetics, lifestyle (including diet), social environment, and culture interact to create vastly different experiences of aging. Combining epidemiological and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; methodologies, Lock also showed that the lower rate of depression among menopausal Japanese women was because they did not recognise ‘depression’ as such, and regarded menopause as part of a &lt;em&gt;natural&lt;/em&gt; aging process. Importantly, the women in Lock’s study, even those in trying socioeconomic circumstances, kept telling her that their suffering was insignificant, that they were even ‘fortunate’, when compared to their own mothers, who had survived WWII and its aftermath. This cultural, collective rendering of their suffering seemed to protect women from medicalisation, which would have turned natural processes of living and aging into matters for biomedical intervention.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The studies mentioned so far show that individual biologies are heterogeneous as they are formed out of particular local contexts, which also intersect with local politics of recognition and legitimisation of people’s distress. Examining how certain symptoms and certain types of suffering elicit more sympathy and concern from others, anthropologists help to explain differences in prevalence rates of depression as well as in health-seeking behaviours and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; provision. In Lock’s study, for example, local politics that had an important, protective aspect for many women in distress also meant that the suffering of some other women, who did experience severe symptoms of menopause or depression, was often rendered invisible and left untreated, increasing their physiological and psychological pain. Given that cultural discourse can be a double-edged sword, anthropologists pay close attention to the fact that local forces do not have the same effects on all people. At the same time, reducing depression to these women’s physiological differences and/or neurochemical imbalances would be to omit, among other things, the socioeconomic environment and local gender politics that structure their distress in the first place&lt;sup&gt;.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distress, misunderstandings, and the politics of psychiatry&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Recognising that people in much of the world experience and express their distress by means other than the psychiatric concept of depression, anthropologists from the 1980s began employing the notion of ‘idioms of distress’ as culturally diverse ways of expressing psychosocial distress (Nichter 1981). This concept has proven highly productive for clinicians as well, as the term ‘idiom’ does not presuppose pathology and can be used to capture a wide range of local experiences, symptomatology, and help-seeking behaviours that might previously have gone unnoticed (see Lewis-Fernando &amp;amp; Kirmayer 2019). Mapping out regional idioms, anthropologists found depression-like experiences expressed in a wide range of descriptions of nervous conditions such as ‘nervos’ in South America, ‘nerve exhaustion’ in East Asia, as well as other psychophysiological idioms like ‘heart distress’ in the Middle East. They noted how common these depression-like symptoms were across cultures when they included somatic expressions of psychosocial distress, leading them to question the definition—based in Western psychiatry’s mind-body dualism—that defines depression predominantly as a disease of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt; (also see Marsella 1982, Kleinman 1988, Ecks 2021).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;National politics and state medical systems also help shape distinctive forms of medicalisation. In a pioneering work on this topic, Arthur Kleinman’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; of China (1986) showed how a particular Chinese usage of ‘neurasthenia’ (a psychiatric term for depression-like symptoms common at the turn of the twentieth century) emerged in the 1980s as part of a powerful, state-sanctioned discourse, unthreatening to the political status quo. Showing how people used this idiom to channel their anger against injustice suffered during and after the Cultural Revolution, Kleinman proposed an analysis of medicalisation that moved beyond the idea of a top-down process of labelling and social control by medical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt;. Instead, he demonstrated how medicalisation can be a bottom-up process, where people’s desire for social recognition of their suffering is intrinsically linked with state/biomedical legitimisation, which together produce an ambivalent form of liberation and empowerment for those in distress (cf. Yang 2018 on the official, individualising usage of ‘depression’ in China today).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Local notions of depression do not merely remain at the level of popular or folk knowledge but in fact shape and are shaped by professional psychiatry, which shows remarkable regional variation. This became apparent when a US-UK comparative study (Kendell &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 1971) showed that, given the same set of symptoms, American psychiatrists were far more likely to diagnose schizophrenia while their British counterparts were more likely to diagnose manic-depression. Such differences in localised theories and practices are also expressed in the varying ‘prototypes’ of depression, or psychiatric ideas about what or who constitutes a ‘typical’ case (Young 1995). The typical subject of depression in Japanese psychiatric literature, which developed in close dialogue with the German psychiatric concept of &lt;em&gt;typus melancholicus&lt;/em&gt;, has long been regarded as a burned-out white-collar &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;worker&lt;/a&gt;, in sharp contrast to the North American psychoanalytic prototype of depression as an illness of melancholic housewives (Kitanaka 2012). Even at the level of hard &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; terms, depression is a malleable, multifaceted idea, and psychiatric language remains inextricable from the reality that it co-creates the illnesses it attempts to represent (Foucault 1973 [1961], Hacking 1999).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The heterogeneous nature of depression at the local level often goes unaddressed in biomedicine, in part due to the division between medical science and psychiatric practice (Young 1995, Luhrmann 2000). As Allan Young (1995) has shown, medical science, at its core, depends on a paradigmatic ‘style of reasoning’ (Hacking 1982) with a remarkably stable body of knowledge and ideologies about objectivity and universality; clinical medicine, on the other hand, remains protean and multiplicitous, working in tandem with local knowledge and discourse. A scientific style of reasoning provides practitioners with a sense of stability, order, and coherence via an understanding that not all scientific facts have equal ‘truth’ values (Gilbert &amp;amp; Mulkay 1984, Young 1995). Scientific psychiatry (i.e. research-based, academic psychiatry) emanates from only a handful of European and North American power centres and spreads to the ‘periphery’, while clinical psychiatry frequently remains a ‘local knowledge’, rarely traveling to the knowledge-production centres of scientific psychiatry (Cohen 1995). Communication is mostly unidirectional, and when medical science further distances the data from the world of local clinical practice, patients’ individual stories are replaced by fragments of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voiceless&lt;/a&gt; material bodies in the laboratory. At this stage, the lack of dialogue between scientific psychiatry and local practice becomes more gravely problematic (Young 1995).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Given the power asymmetries in scientific psychiatry, ‘discovering’ depression in the non-West and imposing a decontextualised and universalised Western concept of depression on these societies may amount to a ‘category fallacy’. That is, it may give seemingly universal legitimacy to a culturally constructed concept and its use among those engaged in cross-cultural research (Kleinman 1977, Lutz 1985). Kleinman (1988) cites Obeyesekere (1985) in discussing the culture-bound syndrome among Southeast Asian men called &lt;em&gt;dhat&lt;/em&gt;, a feared ‘semen loss’ that results in draining energy and weakness (Ecks 2013). Kleinman and Obeyesekere show how absurd it would seem to Westerners for psychiatry to adopt the concept, standardise it, train psychiatrists globally to correctly diagnose it, educate the public about it, and work with pharmaceutical companies to invent and market a drug for it. To most observers, this would create unnecessary anxiety and a desire for therapeutic treatment for an illness that does not exist as such. Yet when it comes to Western psychiatric concepts such as depression, a similar process is normalised and might even be praised as a form of medical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25humanitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;humanitarianism&lt;/a&gt;. This is because depression is regarded by the Western psychiatric establishment as a ‘real’ phenomenon, but semen loss is not. Psychiatry has also been criticised for depending on databases mostly developed with and for the ‘mainstream population in Western societies’ (i.e. ‘middle class whites’) and naively applying it to all other people (Kleinman 1988: xii). Given such subtle but important power disparities, the anthropologist’s job is to attend to differences and ask how local knowledge is produced and what remains ‘local’, how local and global psychiatry might communicate with one another, and how local psychiatric concepts might influence the production of global and scientific psychiatric knowledge (Cohen 1995; also see Pentecost &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; forthcoming).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Globalised depression&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sensitivity to local differences has become more important than ever with the global rise of depression since the 1990s. Previously understood as a culture-bound syndrome of the West, depression has become regarded by many as a universal disease of epidemic proportions. This change was brought about partly by the broadening of the concept of depression in the &lt;em&gt;DSM-III&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Third Edition&lt;/em&gt;, published in 1980), the development and marketing of a new generation of antidepressants, and the movement for global &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23mentalhealth&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mental health&lt;/a&gt;. As anthropologists working in places where depression used to be rare witnessed its sudden rise, they began documenting the ‘making of depression’ on the ground, or the process by which a constellation of low energy, low self-worth, and low mood comes to be regarded as a clinical symptom and then a disease. In analysing these processes, they have often used Ian Hacking&#039;s (1995) notion of a ‘looping effect’ in which people’s experience living with the label of depression alters how they experience the condition itself. As the label is more frequently applied, people appear to change in ways that affect both how depression is classified and how people describe and live with it (Hacking 1999). Such changes prompt us to wonder if psychiatric globalisation serves to erase regional theories and homogenises understandings of depression. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Initially, many social scientists, psychiatrists, and philosophers were particularly concerned about the global spread of antidepressants even to areas where depression had not been widely recognised. They noted that pharmaceutical companies carefully tailored their marketing strategies to cultural contexts by employing the most effective local idioms of distress in promoting antidepressants. Thus, they spoke of ‘mind food’ in India and of ‘a cold of the soul’ in Japan (Ecks 2013; Kirmayer 2004, Applbaum 2006). Critics worried that the aggressive marketing of pills like Prozac might serve to replace pre-existing local understandings with biomedicalised approaches to depression. This, they thought, might instil a concept of a neurochemical self (Rose 2007), making people think that ‘we are our brains’, possibly impoverishing our understanding of human nature (see Vidal &amp;amp; Ortega 2017; also see anthropological critiques of neurobiology and how to integrate it with an ecological perspective in Raikhel 2015). Such biological reductionism, occurring in the era of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;, might further create ‘happy’ productive &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt;, who voluntarily soothed their dissent with pills in exchange for the illusion of control.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, anthropologists have since discovered that both lay people and diagnosed patients are usually not fully persuaded by such biological reductionism (Vidal &amp;amp; Ortega 2017, Elliott 2003). Therapeutic effects of drugs do not just rely on neurochemical change but also on cultural attitudes (Rose 2007: 100; Ecks forthcoming). While American discourse initially suggested that people could recover their ‘true selves’ through the use of antidepressant medications (Kramer 1993), in Argentina, antidepressants were offered as treatment for symptoms which were understood to be political and economic ills (Lakoff 2005). In India, psychiatrists linked antidepressants with widespread cultural notions around nutrition, digestion, and somatic balance, encouraging patients to see them as &lt;em&gt;moner khabar&lt;/em&gt; (‘mind food’; Ecks 2013). In Pelotas, Brazil, economically-poorer youth tended to use antidepressants for longer periods and in a long-standing interpretive frame that encouraged them to subtly internalise the assumption that their psyches are inherently weak and immature. In contrast, middle-class youth used antidepressants to temporarily facilitate the crucial work of refashioning a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resilient&lt;/a&gt; internal self. These different uses served to reinforce long-standing views of the psychological inferiority of marginalised populations (Béhague 2015). These wide-ranging discourses surrounding antidepressant use demonstrate that, despite its globalisation, depression continues to be a localised ‘polysemic symbol’ (Barrett 1988: 375) in which ‘various meanings and values are condensed into a syndrome’ (Lock &amp;amp; Nguyen 2010: 73).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even in the US, where antidepressants like Prozac were initially hailed as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magic&lt;/a&gt; happiness pills during the 1990s, scepticism grew about whether it was wise to even try to achieve such constant happiness. Leading psychiatrists began to debate whether the pharmaceuticalisation of everyday distress might render people less tolerant of negative emotions such as sorrow and grief, leading to what Allen Frances, the chairman of &lt;em&gt;DSM-IV&lt;/em&gt;, called the ‘loss of sadness’ (Frances 2013). Many critics are concerned about how the loss of what was previously considered ‘normal’ sadness could weaken the traditional resources people have used to confront hardship or loss (for example Elliott &amp;amp; Chambers 2004). This debate was heightened when a crucial clause in the &lt;em&gt;DSM-5&lt;/em&gt;, which used to make an exception for bereavement in the diagnosis of depressive disorder, was altered. Since 2013, even people dealing with a loved one&#039;s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt; can receive a diagnosis of depression (Ecks forthcoming). As Kleinman and others have argued, no reliable &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; evidence exists that can determine how long a &#039;normal&#039; bereavement period should be (Kleinman 2012).&lt;font color=&quot;#0782c1&quot;&gt; &lt;/font&gt;These psychiatrists warn that when even grief is made an object of pharmaceutical intervention, resulting social pressure means pharmaceutical treatment of depression is normalised. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The recognition of the limitation of pharmaceutical cures has led to the flourishing of other psychosocial interventions and local reflections about the nature of depression. In post-dictatorship Chile, both antidepressants and group psychotherapies are offered to the poor as part of the National Depression Treatment Program, aimed to combat the world’s second highest prevalence of depression. Clara Han (2012) shows, however, that women living in poverty see such neuropsychological intervention as little more than a temporary respite with little efficacy for solving their everyday struggles. As these women bear the burden of redeeming themselves both from the nation’s traumatic past and the economic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarity&lt;/a&gt; brought on by radical monetary policies, they discuss depression as embodying the interconnectedness of domestic troubles, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debts&lt;/a&gt;, and social insecurity, problems for which neuropsychology has little to offer (Han 2012). Similarly, in Iran, depression has served as an idiom for working through generational traumas, where the past memories of the revolution and international conflicts are woven together to express today’s collective and personal predicaments (Behrouzan 2016). The rise of psychotherapy in Mexico (Duncan 2018) and China (Zhang 2020) since the 2000s has helped cultivate people’s desire for an ‘entrepreneurial self’, even as it seems to also generate a space for reflecting on the psychological toll that this new self may bring. These regional discourses about depression suggest that medicalisation can provide a ‘structural possibility’ (Corin 1998) for people to detach from and reflect on pathogenic cultural expectations and to effect important social transformations.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Signs of profound structural changes can be found in areas where depression has been widely debated as an illness of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;labour&lt;/a&gt; and a problem of productivity at the national level (on economy and depression, see the classic sociological work by Brown &amp;amp; Harris (1978). The increasing number of distressed workers in Finland sparked a public concern as it was seen as a sign of the decline of the welfare state (Funahashi 2021). A diagnosis of depression has become a weapon of the weak for signalling their socioeconomic precarity and social pathology in Italy, where the debate about workplace bullying and workers’ psychopathology, including depression, arose. As people place the blame on neoliberalism, which they see as destroying their culture of safeguarded work, ‘mobbing experts’ are engaged to diagnose and intervene into the high stress level of the workplace, paving a way for a solution at an organisational, structural level (Mole 2010). The national debate regarding ‘overwork depression’ and ‘overwork suicide’ in Japan has turned these diagnoses into powerful tools workers and families can use to highlight the dire cost of work stress and emotional labour on their health. After medico-legal debates about the exact cause of depression—whether it is a problem of workers’ neuropsychological vulnerability or a pathogenic environment—the government has changed labour policies to remedy the psychologically toxic work environment. At the same time, work is seen as both a cause and a cure for depression, as new forms of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23surveillance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;surveillance&lt;/a&gt; technologies and occupational therapies have emerged as ways for managing and recovering the depressed (Kitanaka 2012; also see Bowen forthcoming on the near-absence of depression among ‘occupational mental disorders’ in Chile).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Global therapeutics: quantified selves, resilience, and anonymous care&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The advent of digital psychiatry is shaping a global platform for the prevention of depression. This also raises concerns about novel forms of biomedical surveillance. While recording one’s moods has long been part of a psychiatric treatment for depression (Martin 2007), the accessibility of digital technologies today is encouraging more and more people to keep track of their biorhythms, cognitive patterns, behavioural habits, and moods (Ecks forthcoming). Digitalised neuropsychological management and interventions now include computer software that can quantify stress via heart rate through interaction with input devices. These prevention and early intervention technologies expand the number of people who begin to identify with the idea of the ‘quantified self’, which refers to both self-tracking technology and the community of users of such tools (Lupton 2016). While these tools can be empowering for those who want to be in control of their own health, such technologies might have the effect of taking depressed people out of the emotional realm and the particular social contexts where they feel their symptoms, and relocate them to the public, quantifiable realm of human engineering and rational management (Kitanaka 2015). Compared to previous forms of therapeutics technologies that often incorporate historical reflections on the nature of one’s predicament, these digitalised systems of state/corporate/market ‘care of the self’ (Foucault 1990, Foucault &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 1988) are far from engaging with social origins of depression and largely remain at the level of merely encouraging individual transformation (cf. Borovoy &amp;amp; Zhang 2017). The spread of such therapeutic/surveillance technologies prompts us to ask whether they will end up reshaping social understandings of depression within the discursive limits of biopsychiatry, with its tendency to depoliticise illnesses and promote ideologies of individual responsibility and commodified health (cf. Comaroff 1982, Gordon 1988; also see Lovell &amp;amp; Susser 2014.).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Enhancement technologies for the depressed are another facet of emerging global therapeutics. To keep patients from developing depression and to help them recover from it, medical &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt; based in the world’s power centres increasingly emphasise &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23resilience&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resilience&lt;/a&gt;, a seemingly benign concept, as well as ‘resilience training’, with the stated aim of rendering people better able to handle stress. Particularly in the US, the military promotes positive psychology through resilience training and encourages soldiers to adopt a positive attitude as a tool for becoming more psychologically ‘fit’ (MacLeish 2013). Resilience glamorises the individual’s transcendental power, which creates a potent lure for adopters. At the same time, it renders people’s ability to independently recover from distress and live healthy lives into a therapeutically managed process. Young points out that handling everyday stress is being redefined as ‘something to be achieved with the help of experts’, so much so that resilience might, before long, ‘displace effortless “normality” as the default condition of human life’ (2012, 2014). Emily Martin (2007) shows how even mania, the opposite pole of depression, is now fetishised and commodified in corporate America as a source of creativity and high productivity. As some companies offer training to boost both one’s manic power while maintaining healthy mood cycles, mood disorders like depression may become an entry point to one’s subjectivity for experts promoting the further corporatisation of psychological health (also see Chua (2011) on resilience training for suicidal youths in Kerala).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As suicide is said to kill one person every 40 seconds,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; treating depression as a way of preventing suicide has also become an urgent global issue. Globalising suicide prevention programs often take a universal form, despite the fact that their efficacy at the local level is often left unexamined. Problematising this and illuminating the high rates of suicide in the Canadian Arctic, Lisa Stevenson (2014) investigates the persistently high rate of suicide among Inuit youths, in particular, despite all the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; that is given to them. Going beyond psychiatric conceptualisations of suicide and tracing Canada’s history of ‘welfare colonialism’, she identifies one problematic factor in care services driven by mechanical, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; rationality—what Stevenson refers to as ‘anonymous care’—whereby ‘it doesn’t matter &lt;em&gt;who&lt;/em&gt; you are, just that you stay alive’ (Stevenson 2014: 7, emphasis in original). Questioning this form of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25humanitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;humanitarianism&lt;/a&gt;, she criticises the global suicide prevention programs that seek to define at-risk populations and provide a set of protocols that would enable volunteer carers to deal with suicidal individuals at a distance, without needing to invest themselves in the specificity of those individuals’ suffering. The distance and anonymity afforded through this approach provides a certain freedom for both parties, but it also renders the suffering individual into a depersonalised ‘case’. Stevenson discusses how these Inuit youths, a group all too often regarded as a ‘problem’ to begin with and who are ultimately not well served by the humanitarian care provided to them, come to see in suicide a ‘leap into another way of being in time’ (Stevenson 2014: 147)—and asks how they can begin to reconstruct themselves in an alternative regime of life, one that recognises other ways of living and dying (also see O’Nell 1996; Davis 2012, Garcia 2010, Meyers 2013).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Depression and neoliberal selfhood&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In asking what might be the universal implications of the global spread of depression, let us take a step back and ponder the broader &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; meaning of the rise of the neuropsychological management of the self. Sociologist Alain Ehrenberg (2010) argues that depression is the typical disorder of the current era. Ehrenberg’s analysis focuses on understandings of mental illnesses from the 1900s to the 2000s. Social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; have changed from more hierarchical to more &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22egalitarianism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;egalitarian&lt;/a&gt;, with a more equal distribution of wealth and status. In the 1900s, the prototypical mental conflicts came from struggles with authority and from deviance from clearly defined social norms. Conflicts lay &lt;em&gt;between &lt;/em&gt;people. Since the second half of the twentieth century, flattening social hierarchies enhanced inner conflicts about motivation and decisiveness. Since then, conflicts lie &lt;em&gt;within &lt;/em&gt;people&#039;s own selves. Ehrenberg describes how, today, all decision-making has to be done by oneself, within oneself. In other words, the rise of depression has to do with this fatigued self at a time one has to make so many decisions (Ehrenberg 2010: 223). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Building on Ehrenberg’s argument, Stefan Ecks (forthcoming) analyses the new regime of ‘neoliberal self’ that serves to extend market competition within the self. According to Ecks, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt; accelerates the dual process of fewer social distinctions coupled with an intensified drive at self-enhancement and becoming an entrepreneur. In earlier forms of capitalism, the goal of all this striving was the accumulation of capital through ascetic self-denial (Weber 2010 [1904/05]). In neoliberalism, the goal is not self-denial but self-satisfaction, even its maximisation. &lt;em&gt;Homo economicus&lt;/em&gt; replaces outside&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;partners of exchange with his own inner&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;self (Foucault 2008: 226; Rose 1990; Brijnath &amp;amp; Antoniades 2016; Hardt &amp;amp; Negri 2017; Martin 2007). As the self takes itself as its own competitor in a market for getting the best deal from every moment of life (Scharff 2016), this creates a pathogenic condition where one feels that one can never do enough, never improve enough. Slow or stalled decision-making becomes a dreaded symptom; inability to act becomes a pathology of the current era (Leykin &amp;amp; DeRubeis 2010), which may have contributed to the global rise of depression. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The global desire for therapeutics from depression is thus a search for a new form of psychological governance. Ecks (forthcoming) argues how depression’s main symptoms—of devaluing oneself, devaluing one’s life possibilities, and having no motivation or energy to enhance life—all go together in this new regime of self. He points out that, just as much as sadness, depression is associated with being numb and without emotional sensitivity. As emotions guide decisions, they literally move the person ‘out’ from where they are. The numbing of emotions makes deciding harder, not easier. To live is to value, and to value means to feel&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;with the whole body, that one thing is better than another thing (Ecks forthcoming). The numbness of emotion is also another symptom, where &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affective&lt;/a&gt; indifference&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;can lead to indecisiveness (Ratcliff 2015). Thus a recovery from depression involves recovering emotions, and all forms of therapy involve giving people the belief that they can heal and that alternatives to the current impasse exist (Csordas 2002; Hinton &amp;amp; Kirmayer 2017). As the feeling of hopelessness is related to not being able to imagine a better future, or to believe that improvement could be possible, recovering from depression means regaining the ability to see different possibilities for action as possible. How such therapeutics can be made available is a question that needs further investigation. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The global medicalisation of the concept of depression points to the ‘maximum universality’ of depression, whereby it has become an object of biopsychological, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; investigation. At the same time, it highlights depression’s extreme heterogeneity (Ehrenberg 2010: 74). As a result of the plasticity of the notion of depression, it has been subjected to widely varying local interpretations and responses. Psychiatry has largely aligned itself with the universalist stance, emphasising genetic and neurobiological research and promoting methodological individual reductionism. Anthropology, in contrast, illuminates the vast variation of depression experiences across time and space, thereby providing a key counterpoint to reductionistic psychiatric views on causality and personhood (Kleiman 1988, Kirmayer 1999). The fact that biomedicine as a whole has shifted away from simplistic models of genetic determinism (Lock &amp;amp; Pálsson 2016, Rose 2018) suggests possibilities for collaborative engagement between psychiatry and anthropology that may encompass both biological and sociocultural views of depression (Kirmayer &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2015).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists, with their historically strong interest in local life worlds and native points of view, have shed light on dimensions of depression that may not be easily accessible through a psychiatric lens. Such perspectives are becoming more important than ever given the politics of medicalisation today, as a multiplicity of social actors and institutions including psychiatrists, lawmakers, governments, pharmaceutical companies, and NGOs all exert their own ideas as to the nature of depression and how best to respond to it. This heterogeneity of views on depression—and indeed on human nature—provide the backdrop to anthropological research on the subject that is at once multifaceted and nuanced. As depression allows no easy answers to questions about its causality or effective cures but seems to touch more and more people as part of the spread of capitalism, it will continue to be an important focus for further investigation and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; engagement.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Parts of this paper are adopted from Kitanaka (2012). Junko Kitanaka’s further research was funded by JSPS Grant-in-Aid for Scientific Research (C) 19K01205.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applbaum, K. 2006. &lt;em&gt;Educating for global mental health: the adoption of SSRIs in Japan&lt;/em&gt;. In &lt;em&gt;Global pharmaceuticals: ethics, markets, practices&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) A. Petryna, A. Lakoff &amp;amp; A.Kleinman, 85-110. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barrett R.J. 1988. Interpretations of schizophrenia. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 357-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Béhague, D.P. 2015. Taking pills for developmental ails in Southern Brazil: the biologization of adolescence? &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;143&lt;/strong&gt;, 320-8&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Behrouzan, O. 2016. &lt;em&gt;Prozak diaries: psychiatry and generational memory in Iran&lt;/em&gt;. Redwood City: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beiser, M. 1985. A study of depression among traditional Africans, urban North Americans, and Southeast Asian refugees. In &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) A. Kleinman, B.J. Good &amp;amp; B. Good, 272-98. London: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Borovoy, A. &amp;amp; L. Zhang 2017. Between biopolitical governance and care: rethinking health, selfhood, and social welfare in East Asia. &lt;em&gt;Medical Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 1-5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bowen, S. Forthcoming. Depression and (expert) culture: psychiatric, regulatory, and moral frameworks underpinning the absence of depression in occupational health in Chile. In &lt;em&gt;Etiopathogenic theories and models in depression &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J.P. Jiménez, A. Botto &amp;amp; P. Fonagy. New York: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brijnath, B. &amp;amp; J. Antoniades 2016. “I&#039;m running my depression:” self-management of depression in neoliberal Australia. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;152&lt;/strong&gt;, 1-8.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brown, G.W. &amp;amp; Harris, T.O. 1978. &lt;em&gt;Social origins of depression: a study of psychiatric disorder in women&lt;/em&gt; (1&lt;sup&gt;st&lt;/sup&gt; American ed.). New York: Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chua, J. 2011. Making time for the children: self-temporalization and the cultivation of the antisuicidal subject in South India. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 112-37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, L. 1995. The epistemological carnival: meditations on disciplinary intentionality and Ayurveda. In &lt;em&gt;Knowledge and the scholarly medical traditions&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) D. Bates, 320-44. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comaroff, J. 1982. Medicine: symbol and ideology. In &lt;em&gt;The problem of medical knowledge&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) P. Wright &amp;amp; A. Treacher, 49-69. Edinburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Corin, E. 1998. The thickness of being: intentional worlds, strategies of identity and experience among schizophrenics. &lt;em&gt;Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;61&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 133-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Csordas, T. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Body, meaning, healing&lt;/em&gt;. Houndsmills: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Davis, E.A. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Bad souls: madness and responsibility in modern Greece&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Duncan, W.L. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Transforming therapy: mental health practice and cultural change in Mexico&lt;/em&gt;. Nashville: Vanderbilt University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durkheim, E. 1952 [1897]. &lt;em&gt;Suicide: a study in sociology &lt;/em&gt;(trans. J.A. Spaulding &amp;amp; G. Simpson). London: Routledge &amp;amp; Kegan Paul.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ecks, S. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Eating drugs: psychopharmaceutical pluralism in India&lt;/em&gt;. New York: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. Ethnographic critiques of global mental health. &lt;em&gt;Transcultural Psychiatry &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;53&lt;/strong&gt;, 804-8.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2021. Depression, deprivation, and dysbiosis: polyiatrogenesis in multiple chronic illnesses. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: https://doi.org/10.1007/s11013-020-09699-x).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— forthcoming (2022). &lt;em&gt;Living worth: value in global mood medication markets. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ehrenberg, A. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The weariness of the self: diagnosing the history of depression in the contemporary age.&lt;/em&gt; Montreal: McGill-Queen’s University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elliott, C. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Better than well: American medicine meets the American dream.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Norton.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; T. Chambers. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Prozac as a way of life.&lt;/em&gt; Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foucault, M. 1973 [1961]. &lt;em&gt;Madness and civilization: a history of insanity in the age of reason&lt;/em&gt; (trans. R. Howard). New York: Vintage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1990. &lt;em&gt;The history of sexuality III: the care of the self &lt;/em&gt;(trans. R. Hurley). New York: Vintage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2008. &lt;em&gt;The birth of biopolitics: lectures at the Collège de France, 1978-1979&lt;/em&gt;. Houndmills: Palgrave Macmillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, L.H. Martin, H. Gutman &amp;amp; P.H. Hutton 1988. &lt;em&gt;Technologies of the self: a seminar with Michel Foucault&lt;/em&gt;. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Frances, A. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Saving normal: an insider’s revolt against out-of-control psychiatric diagnosis, DSM-5, big pharma, and the medicalization of ordinary life.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Morrow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Funahashi, D. 2021. &lt;em&gt;Untimely sacrifices: death and work in Finland&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Garcia, A. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The pastoral clinic: addiction and dispossession along the Rio Grande&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gilbert, G.N. &amp;amp; M. Mulkay 1984. &lt;em&gt;Opening Pandora’s box: a sociological analysis of scientists’ discourse.&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Good, B.J., M.J. Good &amp;amp; R. Moradi 1985. The interpretation of Iranian depressive illness and dysphoric affect. In &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Kleinman &amp;amp; B.J. Good, 369-428. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gordon D.R. 1988. Tenacious assumptions in western medicine. In &lt;em&gt;Biomedicine examined (Culture, illness, and healing: &lt;/em&gt;studies in comparative cross-cultural research, vol. 4) (eds) M. Lock &amp;amp; D. Gordon, 15-69. Dordrecht: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hacking, I. 1982. Language, truth and reason. In &lt;em&gt;Rationality and relativism&lt;/em&gt; (eds) M. Hollis &amp;amp; S. Lukes, 48-66. Oxford: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1995. The &lt;em&gt;looping effects&lt;/em&gt; of human kinds. In &lt;em&gt;Symposia of the Fyssen Foundation. Causal cognition: A multidisciplinary debate &lt;/em&gt;(eds) D. Sperber, D. Premack &amp;amp; A.J. Premack, 351-94. Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1999. &lt;em&gt;The social construction of what?&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2002. &lt;em&gt;Historical ontology&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Han, C. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Life in debt: times of care and violence in neoliberal Chile&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hardt, M. &amp;amp; A. Negri 2017. &lt;em&gt;Assembly&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hinton, D.E. &amp;amp; L.J. Kirmayer 2017. The flexibility hypothesis of healing. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 3-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jackson, S.W. 1986. &lt;em&gt;Melancholia and depression: from Hippocratic times to modern times&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kendell R.E., J.E. Cooper, A.J. Gourlay, J.R.M. Copeland, L. Sharpe &amp;amp; B.J. Gurland 1971. Diagnostic criteria of American and British psychiatrists. &lt;em&gt;Archives of General Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 123-30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keyes, C.F. 1985. The interpretive basis of depression. In &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Kleinman, B.J. Good &amp;amp; B. Good, 153-74. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kirmayer, L.J. 1999. Rhetorics of the body: medically unexplained symptoms in sociocultural perspective. In &lt;em&gt;Somatoform disorders: a world wide perspective &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) Y. Ono, 271-86. Tokyo: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2004. The sound of &lt;em&gt;one hand&lt;/em&gt; clapping: listening to &lt;em&gt;Prozac&lt;/em&gt; in Japan. In &lt;em&gt;Prozac as a way of life&lt;/em&gt; (eds) C. Elliott &amp;amp; T. Chambers, 164-93. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, R. Lemelson &amp;amp; C.A. Cummings 2015. &lt;em&gt;Re-visioning psychiatry: cultural phenomenology, critical neuroscience, and global mental health&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kitanaka, J. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Depression in Japan: psychiatric cures for a society in distress.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. The rebirth of secrets and the new care of the self in depressed Japan. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;56&lt;/strong&gt;(12), S251-S262.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kleinman, A. 1977. Depression, somatization and the “new cross-cultural psychiatry.” &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 3-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1986. &lt;em&gt;Social origins of distress and disease: depression, neurasthenia, and pain in modern China&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1988. &lt;em&gt;Rethinking psychiatry: from cultural category to personal experience&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. Culture, bereavement, and psychiatry. &lt;em&gt;The Lancet &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;379&lt;/strong&gt;(9816), 608-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; B. Good 1985. &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kramer, P.D. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Listening to Prozac&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Penguin Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lakoff, A. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Pharmaceutical reason: knowledge and value in global psychiatry&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leykin, Y. &amp;amp; R.J. DeRubeis 2010. Decision-making styles and depressive symptomatology. &lt;em&gt;Judgment and Decision Making&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 506-15.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lewis-Fernández, R. &amp;amp; L.J. Kirmayer 2019. Cultural concepts of distress and psychiatric disorders: understanding symptom experience and expression in context. &lt;em&gt;Transcultural Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt; 56&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 786-803. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Littlewood, R. &amp;amp; S. Dein 2000. &lt;em&gt;Cultural psychiatry and medical anthropology: an introduction and reader&lt;/em&gt;. London: Athlone Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lock, M. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Encounters with aging: mythologies of menopause in Japan and North America. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; V. Nguyen 2010. &lt;em&gt;An anthropology of biomedicine&lt;/em&gt;. Hoboken, N.J.: John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons, Inc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; G. Pálsson 2016. &lt;em&gt;Can science resolve the nature/nurture debate?&lt;/em&gt; Cambridge: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lovell, A. &amp;amp; E. Susser 2014. What might be a history of psychiatric epidemiology? Towards a social history and conceptual account. &lt;em&gt;International Journal of Epidemiology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;43&lt;/strong&gt;(Supplement 1), i1-i5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Luhrmann, T.M. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Of two minds: the growing disorder in American psychiatry.&lt;/em&gt; New York: Knopf.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lupton, D. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The quantified self&lt;/em&gt;. Malden, Mass.: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lutz, C. 1985. Depression and the translation of emotional worlds. In &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Kleinman, B.J. Good &amp;amp; B. Good, 63-100. London: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;MacLeish, K. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Making war at Fort Hood: life and uncertainty in a military community.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marsella, A.J. 1982. Culture and mental health: an overview. In&lt;em&gt; Cultural conceptions of mental health and therapy (Culture, illness, and healing: &lt;/em&gt;studies in comparative cross-cultural research, vol. 4) (eds) A.J. Marsella &amp;amp; G.M. White. Dordrecht: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Martin, E. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Bipolar expeditions: mania and depression in American culture. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Metzl, J. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Prozac on the couch: prescribing gender in the era of wonder drugs.&lt;/em&gt; Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meyers, T. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The clinic and elsewhere: addiction, adolescents, and the afterlife of therapy&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mole, N. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Labor disorders in neoliberal Italy: mobbing, well-being, and the workplace.&lt;/em&gt; Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Murray, C. J., A.D. Lopez &amp;amp; World Health Organization 1996. &lt;em&gt;The global burden of disease: a comprehensive assessment of mortality and disability from diseases, injuries, and risk factors in 1990 and projected to 2020: summary&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/41864/0965546608_eng.pdf?sequence=1&amp;amp;isAllowed=&quot;&gt;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/41864/0965546608_eng.pdf?sequence=&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/41864/0965546608_eng.pdf?sequence=1&amp;amp;isAllowed=&quot;&gt;1&amp;amp;isAllowed=&lt;/a&gt;y). Accessed 9 October 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Neitzke, A.B. 2016. An illness of power: gender and the social causes of depression. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;, 59-73.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nichter, M. 1981. Idioms of distress: alternatives in the expression of psychosocial distress: a case study from South India. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; 5, 379–408.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O&#039;Nell, T.D. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Disciplined hearts: history, identity, and depression in an American Indian community&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Obeyesekere, G. 1985. Depression, Buddhism, and the work of culture in Sri Lanka. In &lt;em&gt;Culture and depression: studies in the anthropology and cross-cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder &lt;/em&gt;(eds) A. Kleinman &amp;amp; B. Good, 134-52. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;span style=&quot;caret-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: ArialMT;&quot;&gt;Pentecost M. &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/span&gt; Forthcoming. &lt;span style=&quot;caret-color: rgb(0, 0, 0); color: rgb(0, 0, 0); font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 12.800000190734863px;&quot;&gt;Global Social Medicine: Series Introduction.&lt;/span&gt; &lt;em&gt;The Lancet&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Radden, J. 2000. &lt;em&gt;The nature of melancholy: from Aristotle to Kristeva&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Raikhel, E. 2015. From the brain disease model to ecologies of addiction. In &lt;em&gt;Revisioning psychiatry: cultural phenomenology, critical neuroscience, and global mental health &lt;/em&gt;(eds) L. Kirmayer, R. Lemelson &amp;amp; C. Cummings, 375-99. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ratcliffe, M. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Experiences of depression: a study in phenomenology&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ritchie, H. &amp;amp; M. Roser 2021. Mental Health. &lt;em&gt;Our World in Data&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://ourworldindata.org/mental-health&quot;&gt;https://ourworldindata.org/mental-health&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 17 March 2021.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rose, N. 1999. &lt;em&gt;Governing the soul: the shaping of the private self&lt;/em&gt;. London: Free Association Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2007. &lt;em&gt;The politics of life itself: biomedicine, power, and subjectivity in the twenty-first century.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2018. &lt;em&gt;Our psychiatric future&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sartorius, N. &amp;amp; World Health Organization 1983. &lt;em&gt;Depressive disorders in different cultures: report on the WHO collaborative study on standardized assessment of depressive disorders&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/37139/9241560754_eng.pdf?sequence=1&amp;amp;isAllowed=y&quot;&gt;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/37139/9241560754_eng.pdf?sequence=&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;https://apps.who.int/iris/bitstream/handle/10665/37139/9241560754_eng.pdf?sequence=1&amp;amp;isAllowed=y&quot;&gt;1&amp;amp;isAllowed=y&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 9 October 2019.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scharff, C. 2016. The psychic life of neoliberalism: mapping the contours of entrepreneurial subjectivity. &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 107-22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Showalter, E. 1985. &lt;em&gt;The female malady: women, madness, and English culture, 1830-1980&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Pantheon Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stern, G. &amp;amp; L. Kruckman 1983. Multi-disciplinary perspectives on post-partum depression: an anthropological critique. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(15): 1027-041.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stevenson, L. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Life beside itself: imagining care in the Canadian Arctic.&lt;/em&gt; Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vidal, F. &amp;amp; F. Ortega 2017. &lt;em&gt;Being brains: making the cerebral subject&lt;/em&gt;. 1&lt;sup&gt;st&lt;/sup&gt; ed. New York: Fordham University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weber, M. 2010 [1904/05]. &lt;em&gt;Die protestantische Ethik und der Geist des Kapitalismus&lt;/em&gt;. München: C.H. Beck.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;White, G.M. 1982. The role of cultural explanations in “somatization” and “psychologization”.&lt;em&gt; Social Sciences and Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;16&lt;/strong&gt;, 1519-30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yang, J. 2018. ‘Officials&#039; heartache’: depression, bureaucracy, and therapeutic governance in China. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;58&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 596-15.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Young, A. 1995. &lt;em&gt;The harmony of illusions: inventing post-traumatic stress disorder.&lt;/em&gt; Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. &lt;em&gt;Stress, cultural psychiatry, and resilience in the 21st century&lt;/em&gt;. Keynote presentation. Fukuoka, Japan: The Annual Meeting of the Japanese Society for Transcultural Psychiatry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. Resilience for all by the year 20–. In &lt;em&gt;Stress, shock and adaptation in the twentieth century&lt;/em&gt; (eds) D. Cantor &amp;amp; E. Ramsden, 73-95. Rochester, N.Y.: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zhang, L. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Anxious China: the inner revolution and politics of psychotherapy&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Junko Kitanaka, is a professor of medical anthropology in the Department of Human Sciences, Faculty of Letters, at Keio University in Tokyo. Her book &lt;em&gt;Depression in Japan: psychiatric cures for a society in distress&lt;/em&gt; (2012, Princeton University Press) has won the American Anthropological Association’s Francis Hsu Prize in 2013 and has been translated into French. She has served on the Board of the American Society for Medical Anthropology and numerous editorial boards, including &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. She is currently working on new projects on dementia, preventive psychiatry, and the medicalisation of the lifecycle.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Professor Junko Kitanaka, Department of Human Sciences, Faculty of Letters, Keio University, 2-15-45 Mita, Minato-ku, Tokyo 108-8345 Japan. junko.kitanaka@keio.jp &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stefan Ecks co-founded Edinburgh University’s Medical Anthropology programme. He teaches social anthropology and directs postgraduate teaching in the School of Social &amp;amp; Political Sciences. He did ethnographic fieldwork in India, Nepal, and the UK. Recent work explores value in global pharmaceutical markets, changing ideas of mental health in South Asia, poverty and access to health care, as well as multimorbidity. Publications include &lt;em&gt;Eating Drugs: Psychopharmaceutical Pluralism in India&lt;/em&gt; (New York, 2013), &lt;em&gt;Living Worth: Value and Values in Global Pharmaceutical Markets &lt;/em&gt;(&lt;em&gt;forthcoming&lt;/em&gt;), as well as many journal articles on the intersections between health and economics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dr Stefan Ecks, School of Social and Political Science, University of Edinburgh, Chrystal Macmillan Building, 15a George Square, Edinburgh EH8 9LD, UK. secks@ed.ac.uk&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; See Neitzke 2016 for a critique of the harm of biological reductionism in research on women and depression.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; Suicide: one person dies every 40 seconds. World Health Organization. News release. 9 September 2019 (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.who.int/news/item/09-09-2019-suicide-one-person-dies-every-40-seconds&quot;&gt;https://www.who.int/news/item/09-09-2019-suicide-one-person-dies-every-40-seconds&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 18:40:59 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1341 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Deleuze</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/deleuze</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/deleuze_repetition.jpg?itok=h6UUzh7Q&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/affect-emotion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Affect &amp;amp; Emotion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/becoming&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Becoming&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/desire&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Desire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/temporality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Temporality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/structuralism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Structuralism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/assemblage&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Assemblage&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/jon-bialecki&quot;&gt;Jon Bialecki&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of Edinburgh&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;11&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Jan &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2018&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18deleuze&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/18deleuze&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;This entry takes on two subjects. First, it addresses the influence that anthropology had on the work of the mid-twentieth century French philosopher Gilles Deleuze, and second, the influence that Gilles Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s work has subsequently exerted on anthropology. In Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s encounter with anthropology, he ended up seeing anthropological structuralism as a limit to thought. However, he saw Anglo-American anthropology, and some later French anthropology, as powerful tools for conceiving different arrangements of the world, and he ended up relying heavily on these materials when he constructed his own Nietzschian&lt;/em&gt; longue durée&lt;em&gt; speculative anthropology. As a discipline, anthropology has had little interest in Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s speculative anthropology; however, it has seen both Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s overall aesthetics and many of his concepts as theoretical engines that could be used piecemeal at will, with little concern for the role they played in Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s overall thought, or for how having these ideas reterritorialised in anthropology might affect them. In the end, this entry suggests that despite the outsized reception of Deleuze in anthropology, a real encounter with Deleuze’s thoughts have yet to occur; despite this lack of a true, sustained engagement, anthropological use of Deleuzian concepts has still been incredibly productive in the discipline. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gilles Deleuze’s (1925-1995) reception in anthropology has had multiple, and often incommensurable, dimensions. That may not be a problem, however. It certainly wouldn’t have been a slur for this thinker who has been treated in so many different and disjunctive ways, because if there ever were a figure that would be happy being a multiplicity, it would be Gilles Deleuze. This entry will present what anthropology was for Deleuze, and also what Deleuze would be for the subsequent anthropologists that would read him. In the end, it will argue that despite a high degree of mutual interest between the thinker and the discipline, there has not been a real encounter between anthropological thought and the thought of Deleuze; this entry will also suggest that this may be just as Deleuze would have wanted it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deleuze was a twentieth century philosopher, known both for his own works as well as for a series of collaborations with the psychiatrist and political activist Félix Guattari.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[1]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; To reduce this thought to a few rough intellectual axioms, it could be said that the center of Deleuze’s project was prizing difference over identity, privileging immanence over transcendence, the pre-subjective over the subjective; an attention to intensity as the other side of seemingly extensive objects and processes; an interest in the promise of novelty that could be found both in combinatory logic of different objects, processes, and thought; and in underdetermined potentiality that these objects, processes, and thought contained. Deleuze is often presented, especially in an American academic context, as being ‘postmodern’ or ‘poststructural’ or as a part of ‘French Theory’, even though these categories are an artifact of Anglophone reception instead of an expression of any common &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;value&lt;/a&gt; or signification in the so-designated works (see, for example, Cusset 2008). Even if these categories were intelligible, however, there would be good reason for setting Deleuze and his oeuvre apart from the rest of the mid-twentieth century thinkers that he is often lumped in with. The reason that Deleuze should be set apart is that his work is singular when held up not just against post-war French thinking, but arguably when held up against the history of modern philosophy as a whole. The British analytic philosopher W.B. Moore has stated that Deleuze was a ‘remarkable … polymath’ who achieved a break with previous philosophical tradition that is on the order of the ‘Copernican turn’ effectuated by Immanuel Kant (2013: 542). That Deleuze, of all people, could be credited with such a break could be considered surprising, especially since it would be easy to see him as an intellectually (as opposed to politically) conservative thinker. He spent a large part of his career working in the history of philosophy, and even after he became established as a philosopher in his own right, he continued to write what were essentially pedagogical précis on the works of canonical philosophers such as Hume, Leibnitz, Kant, and Nietzsche. Furthermore, his own original work is self-presented not as a break with western metaphysics, but as a continuation of it, even if he understands himself as expressing a particular ‘minor’ philosophical tradition, one that runs (in his telling) from Spinoza to Heidegger, that he considers to be at odds with the more established modes of philosophy. Deleuze likened his work to that of picking up the arrows of ‘great thinkers’ so that he could ‘try to send them in other directions, even if the distance covered is not astronomical, but quite small’ (1993: xv).&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[2]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, there is no consensus on what direction he was shooting these metaphorical arrows, or how true his aim. He has been seen as both a continuation of traditional philosophy and a break with it, a subjectivist and a realist, a champion of postmodernity and a critic of postmodernity, an ontologist and an enemy of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; thinking, a thinker of pure difference and a monotonous thinker of ‘the one,’ a Leninist enemy of capitalism and a proponent of an unfettered hypercapitalism.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;If we want to operate in the very ‘un-Deleuzian’ register of blame (Deleuze felt that blame was supersaturated in the toxic Nietzschian &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt; called &lt;em&gt;ressentiment&lt;/em&gt;), then it should be acknowledged that some of the responsibility for this wide variation in the reception of Deleuze’s work lies with Deleuze himself. Deleuze’s writing style and technical vocabulary does not invite any easy understanding. Part of it was his interest in variation, change, and in ‘multiplicities,’ which meant that he was more interested in exploring all the various forks in a line of thought rather than in didactically tracing a thought’s borders.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[4]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Further, he has produced a dizzying array of neologisms, and he often purposefully uses already-extant technical terms in idiosyncratic and sometimes perverse ways. His work is full of odd terms such as ‘rhizomes’, ‘arborescent’, ‘smooth and stratiated space’, ‘desiring machines’, ‘the body without organs’. But perhaps the chief reason for Deleuze to receive such a varied and vertiginous reception lies in his critique of what he called the ‘dogmatic imagine of thought’, which he understood to be the grounding assumptions behind almost the entirety of western philosophy. This ‘dogmatic image’ includes a suspicion of the primacy of representation, skepticism that ‘good will’ is all that is needed to reach the truth, and even doubt about the primacy of truth. It was not that he did not believe in truth; he did not deny truth as a mode of thought or measure of validation across the board. Rather, Deleuze observed that most true statements are banal statements, and that relevance, importance, or novelty were often more vital measures of evaluation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While Deleuze claimed that he was an empiricist in the style of Hume, his work seems distant from the sort of empiricism that constitutes most of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; writing and thought (but, see Rutherford 2012). Therefore, his concern with both nose-bleed level metaphysics and with radical critiques of the history of western philosophy would seem to suggest that any anthropological hybridization with Deleuze would be stillborn. But this is not the case. Not only has there been substantial anthropological interest in Deleuze, but Deleuze himself was also a close reader of anthropology. Deleuze even produced what might be called an ‘anthropology’ of his own, not in the sense of a philosophical theory of man, but more along the line of Kant’s anthropology, a large-scale rubric to think through the forms and histories of various human collectivities. The rest of this entry will consist of rehearsing this anthropology, and of discussing how anthropologists have repurposed Deleuze for their own intellectual project. The reader should be prepared for multiple infelicities in these discussions. Despite Deleuze’s familiarity with the then-current state of the discipline, his anthropology has features that make it indigestible to most contemporary anthropological sensibilities. And while there are some important exceptions, the contemporary anthropological engagement with Deleuze suggests a lack of command of his system of thought. This feature does not invalidate these anthropological works, of course; Deleuze would most likely applaud having his work deployed in different intellectual environments; having it mutated so that it works to new ends; having it vivisected and sutured to other theoretical systems. But this does mean that these theoretical hopeful &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21monsters&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;monsters&lt;/a&gt; may in the end not be very Deleuzian, despite their apparent intellectual paternity. In the opening passage of &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus&lt;/em&gt;, which Deleuze co-wrote with Guattari, the authors invoke the imagine of a wasp and an orchid to illustrate the way two heterogeneous systems could engage in a ‘double capture’, each repurposing the other to their own ends without at the same time assimilating the other or erasing the fundamental differences between them.  The wasp treats the orchid as a sexual partner or rival, and the orchid treats the wasp as a pollen vector.  The attentive reader, however, will note that there is some ambivalence in French between when one should use the term ‘guêpe’ (or wasp) and when one should use the term ‘abeille’ (or bee), and that while both bees and wasps pollinate orchids, there are few orchids that are pollinated by both species. There is always, therefore, the possibility of confusion and misuse; and we should also remember that for one of the two parties, such a mating is always sterile. What is true for bees and orchids may be true in some cases for Deleuze and anthropology as well; but whether either is necessarily the wasp or the orchid will remain an open question.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What anthropology was for Gilles Deleuze &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Engagement with structuralism &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Any discussion of Deleuze and anthropology has to begin by addressing the former’s relation to structuralism. Structuralism is a topic too complex to completely rehearse here; it can perhaps be best summarised as the claim that sense is not inherent in any one sign, but is produced by systems of reciprocal differences between two signs, or sets of signs (Stasch 2006). While structuralism as a theoretical framework has its roots in the linguistic work of authors such as Jacobson and de Saussure (Percival 2011), and there were also ‘structuralisms’ in fields as diverse as literary criticism (Barthes 1974), political philosophy (Althusser 1971), and psychoanalysis (Lacan 2007), it seems fair to say that the most influential formulation of structuralism at the period that Deleuze was intellectually active was the anthropological one promulgated by Lévi-Strauss. Like many other Francophone intellectuals of that time, Deleuze had an ambivalent relation with structuralism.  As can be seen in his 1967 essay,&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[5]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; ‘How do we recognize structuralism’, there seems to be moments where Deleuze takes this approach up without hesitation or qualification (Deleuze 2004). Deleuze’s essay is expressly written as a dispatch from a particular moment. It is careful to situate where it sits in intellectual history: this essay starts out with the statement ‘This is 1967’.&lt;font color=&quot;#0782c1&quot;&gt; &lt;/font&gt;It goes to great care to mark itself as being written in an early moment, and several times marks important elements of structuralism as having still open, though possibly determinable, questions (for example, when discussing the symbolic order, it states that ‘We do not yet know what this symbolic element consists of’) (Deleuze 2004: 173). While not endorsing structuralism outright, he presents a meticulous re-articulation of it using language almost identical to that found in his first two ‘non-history-of-philosophy’ books, &lt;em&gt;Difference and repetition &lt;/em&gt;(1993) and &lt;em&gt;Logic of sense &lt;/em&gt;(1990a). But this also means that Deleuze’s structuralism, even as it acknowledged its debt to Lévi-Strauss, was very much his own. What interests Deleuze is seeing structure as a net of potentiality, nodes of which are only transitorily inhabited by particular actualised figures. What is more, Deleuze’s structuralism is one that is very concerned with the tempo and rhythm of the time and events that are the expressions of structure: while the architectonic aspects of structuralism are not absent, they are secondary to the variation that occurs in different iterations of a set of structural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; (see Alliez 2005: 92-93). Because of this, is it possible to read Deleuze and Guattari’s later rejection of structuralism in &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus &lt;/em&gt;not as a retrenchment or reposition, but rather as emphasising that any reading of structuralism must take temporal unfolding into being. For instance, Deleuze and Guattari complain that Lévi-Strauss presents myths where humans transform into &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt; (and where animals engage in their own strange transformations) as ‘a correspondence between two relations’. Such a framing, Deleuze and Guattari note, ‘impoverishes the phenomenon’, and that myth as Lévi-Strauss presents it is ‘a framework of classification [that] is quite incapable of registering these becomings, which are more like fragments than tales’: Lévi-Strauss’s structuralism has no role for either ‘graduating resembles’, or ‘resemblances in a series’, instead inevitably producing an ‘order of differences’.  Worst of all, structuralism ‘denounced the prestige accorded to the imagination’ (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1999: 236-7). It is not the poles in structural oppositions that interests Deleuze, but rather the extended continuum between them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This later stance should not be taken as an across-the-board rejection of Lévi-Strauss, or as indicating an actual fundamental incapability between these thinkers. Understanding Deleuze and Guattari as presenting a total critique of Lévi-Strauss might be going too far.  Eduardo Viveiros de Castro (2015), a close reader of both Deleuze and Lévi-Strauss, has stated that the latter’s four volume &lt;em&gt;Mythologique &lt;/em&gt;series is more Deleuzian than perhaps Deleuze himself appreciated. The endless variations expressed in Lévi-Strauss’s kaleidoscopic recounting of the imagination of the indigenous Americas suggests not just a controlling logic of difference and differentiation, of translation and transformation. Further, the refusal of any transcending code or horizon that apparently characterises &lt;em&gt;Mythologique &lt;/em&gt;by the project’s end is read by Viveiros de Castro as an instance of pure immanence of thought, a mode of thinking that Deleuze prized over transcendence. Of course, one could be skeptical of this reading: others have seen Lévi-Strauss as too caught up in the concrete to throw themselves into a Deleuzian play of pure difference; under this reading, the senior anthropologists unable to make the leap into iterative abstraction (Kaufman 2007) (though again, to some anthropological sensibilities, such a limitation is not necessarily a fault). However, even if one is skeptical of Viveiros de Castro’s reading, it is obvious that, regardless of his attitude towards structuralism as a totality, certain anthropological claims made by Lévi-Strauss were accepted by Deleuze. While some of Lévi-Strauss’ claims were rejected as being too centralised, too interested in locking down transformations in the service of a rationalising logic, others, such as the social organization outlined in ‘Do dual organizations exist’ are ratified (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1999: 209-10). Likewise, Lévi-Strauss’s groundbreaking work on kinship is acknowledged, albeit as one that only addresses ‘extension’, which is only one face of a common Deleuzian extensive/intensive diptych (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1983: 157).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deleuze as a reader of anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Of course, even granting his importance during the time that Deleuze was active, Lévi-Strauss did not exhaust all of anthropology; Deleuze both read widely and borrowed freely from other contemporary anthropologists. ‘Flux’ and the ‘war machine’, important categories in Deleuze and Guattari’s jointly authored works, are both credited to French anthropologist Pierre Clastres (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1983; Guattari 2008; Biehlo 2013: 584). Likewise, Gregory Bateson’s (2010) concept of plateaus as ‘a continuous, self-vibrating region of intensities whose development avoids any orientation toward a culmination point or external end’ were important enough for Deleuze and Guattari that they used it as the framing conceit in their second major work (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1983: 22).  But this is just the tip of the iceberg. It is in in &lt;em&gt;Capitalism and schizophrenia&lt;/em&gt; (1983), Deleuze’s first collaboration with Guattari, where we see Deleuze engaging in depth with anthropology as a body of literature and as a discipline.  In this work, we have substantive references to what almost amounts to a mid-century ‘who’s who’ of the field. In presenting his argument, Deleuze and Guattari invoke: Paul and Laura Bohannan’s work with the Tiv on spheres of exchange and the way that they react to the introduction of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20money&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;cash&lt;/a&gt; (176, 248); Victor Turner’s work on healing and symbolism among the Ndembu (167, 350); George Deveroux’s conjecture on social structure and sexuality (33, 165); Jeanne Favret on segmentary organization (152); Myer Fortes on filiation, including an off the cuff reference to the classic &lt;em&gt;Oedipus and Job in West African religion &lt;/em&gt;(142, 146); Malinowski’s work on Kula exchange, but also his consideration of the (lack of a) Trobriands’ Oedipal concept (53, 159, 171-2); Edmund Leach on possible (again) filiation, on critiques of Lévi-Strauss’s understanding of presentation and counter-presentation, as well as on the relevance of possible psychological origins of social symbols (146, 150, 164, 172, 179); Marcel Mauss on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Gift&lt;/a&gt; (150, 185); and so on. This pattern is repeated in &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus&lt;/em&gt;, where, in addition to many of the aforementioned authors, the list is expanded to include figures such as Marshall Sahlins and Robert Lowie.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This engagement with anthropology and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; was something that Deleuze deeply desired to get right. When writing on this subject, he broke form and did something he rarely did: he consulted with actual experts in a different discipline (Dosse 2010: 201). But this engagement should not be taken to mean that the joint project he and Guattari were engaged in was itself an instance of conventional anthropological thought, or in harmony with the mainline form of the discipline. For all its breadth, their reading of the literature has been strongly criticised for being superficial, for having numerous factual errors, for being blind to some of the complicity with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt; that characterised some of the anthropology of the period, and for being quick to catapult from particular ethnographic depictions, such as leopard cults in the Belgian Congo or Kachin &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;witchcraft&lt;/a&gt;, to ungrounded generalities (‘the sorcerer’ or ‘becoming animal’ in ‘Black Africa’), making concrete populations into philosophical metaphors (Miller 1993; see Holland 2003 in defense of Deleuze and Guattari on many of these points). It should also be noted that anthropologists who went to the field familiar with Deleuzian conceptions abstracted from specific collectivities have found it hard to use those concepts to describe the very social practices that Deleuze and Guattari relied upon, and have often had to modify them substantially in order to make them fit (see, e.g., Pedersen 2007).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Deleuze&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;’s speculative anthropology &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deleuze and Guattari’s interest in anthropology should not be taken to mean that they were interested in repeating the form of the anthropological essay or the ethnographic monograph. This is indicated by what they present as the ultimate template for their anthropological project: ‘[t]he great book of modern ethnology is not so much Mauss’s &lt;em&gt;The gift&lt;/em&gt; as Nietzsche’s &lt;em&gt;Genealogy of morals&lt;/em&gt;’ (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1983: 190).&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[6]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; This engagement with anthropology was in service of a &lt;em&gt;longue dur&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;ée &lt;/em&gt;historical anthropology, the sort of stratigraphic, teleological projects as such nineteenth century authors as Lewis Morgan (1907) or E.B. Tylor (1871a, 1871b). The specific &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; that they want to trace out is that of production, both in the specific Marxist sense, but also as a general rubric which would encompass the creation of other material, with the most central material being libido.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This interest in seeing both capitalist production and the production of desire could make their project seem to be just another example of the sort of Freudo-Marxism that characterised so much of critical thought during the immediate post-war years of the twentieth century (see, e.g., Marcuse 1974). But it is in the details that Deleuze and Guattari’s project separates itself from others of its kind. Rather than seeing Marx’s process as, in essence, an epiphenomenon of Freudian forces, or as reversing the process and privileging Marx as base and seeing Freud as superstructure, Deleuze and Guattari see both Marxist production and Freudian libido as different instances of the same abstract ‘universal primary process’. This is corrosive not only of these two separate theoretical framings, but also of the actors that Freud and Marx saw as central to their respective projects; it also undoes the ‘modern constitution’ of the Nature-Culture split (Latour 2012) in as much as socio-cultural production and psycho-biological drives are subsumed under the same mechanism. In &lt;em&gt;Anti-Oedipus&lt;/em&gt;, there is no subject, whether that subject be conscious, unconscious, or a labor-producing class acting in accordance with its species-being. Rather, everything is just an endless concatenation of semi-autonomous units that Deleuze and Guattari refer to as ‘machines’. These machines (rechristened in later works of theirs as ‘assemblages’) include the various biological bodily features that would be considered ‘part objects’ under more mainline psychoanalytic thinking (examples include an ‘anal machine, a talking-machine, [and] a breaking machine’) (Deleuze and Guattari 1983: 2) But also actual biological processes, human or otherwise, are machines as well. The category of machines is more capacious than the category of physiology or biology.  Machinery in the more traditional sense in included as ‘machines’ in the Deleuzian sense of the word, as are various institutions, social arrangements, and psychological and biological systems. In the understanding of Deleuze and Guattari, the function of all these machines can be grasped as either connective, disjunctive, or conjunctive, and the synthesis of these operations allows for broader operations such as production in the common sense, recording, and enjoying.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The reason that the mechanic nature of things is invisible to us is that these operations are situated on what Deleuze and Guattari call the ‘socius’. The socius organises production by being the site where all these disparate machines are woven together, but the socius is also misrecognised as the &lt;em&gt;source&lt;/em&gt; of all this production as well.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn7&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref7&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[7]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; The socius is an abstract or cognitive space, and as such the kinds of regions where it is ‘located’ can and have changed over time (or at least can and have changed in their account). This brings us to the crux of Deleuze and Guattari’s anthropology. It is shifts in the location of socius, and in the way that the flows on it are organised, which give structure to Deleuze and Guattari’s anthropologic ‘big history’, and demarcates objects of ‘traditional’ anthropological inquiry from the sort of large-scale societies that anthropology only turned to as it matured.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;What are these shifts in the socius, and what effects fall from them? In a way that is again not dissimilar to Lewis Morgan’s (1907) Savagery/Barbarism/Civilization triad, Deleuze and Guattari divide humanity’s periods into &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribal&lt;/a&gt;, empire, and capitalist dispensations. In the tribal period, the socius is understood as being the body of the earth, and flows are situated or ‘territorialized’ on it. In periods of ‘tribal’ organization, both territorialization and the (re)organization and situating of flows on the socius are done through what they call ‘inscription’, which might best be understood as including all forms of ‘leaving one’s mark’ on social life. Inscription is done directly, whether as a mark or as a social action, and because of its unmediated nature it therefore cannot be held to be signification; this means that ‘tribal’ societies are ecologies of effects and not systems of meaning. For Deleuze and Guattari, the business of making kin is the premier form of inscription. It is the creation of kin which organises bodies in relation to one another and to the ground that is worked upon, ‘coding’ the earth. In their eyes, this is the most important mode through which the flows of intensive filiation are made into the code of alliance and affiliation.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the following period of ‘empire’, the socius shifts from the surface of the earth to the body of the despot, with the body of the despot discussed in a sense not dissimilar to that found in Kantorowicz (1985). Various agents and subjects of the despot take up the role of his ‘eyes’ or ‘hands’ (or whatever other body part that mapped onto the function that was at issue), thus constituting a sort of leviathan where the focus is more on the outline of the total body than of the composite bodies that constitute the subsumed parts. This means not just a reorganization of the socius, and a concomitant ‘deterritorialization’ of the various already-situated machines, but also an ‘overcoding’ of the already-extant mechanic systems from the previous dispensation as they are utilised by and thought of in relation to the primitive tyrant. The stage is eventually supplanted by capitalism. In this stage, capital itself is the socius, and codes are replaced by axioms. Axoims are half imperative, half algorithm, at once demanding, instructing, and measuring the maximization of flows, accelerating them as surplus value is ‘skimmed off’ of these streams. The speed causes ‘everything solid to melt into air,’ (Marx &amp;amp; Engels 1970: 35) and create a torrent of deterritorialization as flows are decoded, mathematised, and mapped onto the individual bodies of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;workers&lt;/a&gt; and consumers that have been assimilated into the socius. This last mapping is to create the minimum territoriality needed to keep capitalism from running off the wheels, and is also the point of entry to the Oedipal complex, a mode of control that is treated as much as an institutional &lt;em&gt;dispositif&lt;/em&gt; as a psychoanalytic reality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It would be a mistake to see this system as being foundational to either Deleuze and Guattari’s collaboration, or to Deleuze’s own conception of the order of things. In later works by these authors, machines are replaced by assemblages, and the tribal transforms into the nomadic, a dispensation constituted by disciplined itinerants whose rootlessness operates as a Clastres-like (2007) self-inoculation against the formation of the State. Nor should this be seen as exhausting Deleuze’s concerns. Very little of this material or terminology is referenced in Deleuze’s own work. However, it was in articulating this systemitization of the world that Deleuze had his greatest and most prolonged encounter with ethnography and anthropology.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;What Deleuze is for anthropology &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Reception of Deleuze&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;’s speculative anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That deep engagement does not mean that this system caters to anthropological tastes. Even the anthropologists that Deleuze was in conversation with as he crafted his system expressed to him anxieties about his epoch-spanning periodization (Dosse 2010: 201). And as has been pointed out by Ian Lowrie, while Deleuze and Guattari’s picture of ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribal&lt;/a&gt;’ societies does seem to resonate with some classical cybernetically-informed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; of small-scale societies (such as Roy Rappaport’s &lt;em&gt;Pigs for the ancestors &lt;/em&gt;[2000]), Deleuze’s vision of capitalism as a space and time where mathematics has replaced semiotics seems unlikely to agree with the anthropological palate, and Deleuze and Guattari’s teleological periodization would not be that welcome, either (Lowrie 2017). The social-evolutionary element of the argument is also a bone that many anthropologists would choke on, even though Deleuze and Guattari deny that their schema could be described as social evolution. Finally, their reading of flows and circulation in tribal economies seems more informed by Nietzsche’s concept of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24debt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;debt&lt;/a&gt; (which has not received much ethnographic confirmation) than by Mauss’s vision of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Gift&lt;/a&gt; (which has) (Graeber 2011: 402).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Depth and breadth of Deleuze&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;strong&gt;’s influence in anthropology &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is not surprising that Deleuze and Guattari’s account has been given very little time by anthropologists. But that should not be taken to mean that anthropologists have accorded the same low level of respect to Deleuze himself. And while Deleuze does not have as deep a gravity well in the discipline as ‘Planet Foucault’ (Boyer 2002), many anthropologists have turned to Deleuze to hash out their ethnography, or to provide the ligaments for their theoretical constructs.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;However, any attempt to pinpoint the influence of Deleuze immediately runs up against one difficulty: the fact that Deleuze’s thinking not only has been dispersed to the degree of being almost atmospheric in the present age, but also the fact that his thinking seems, in many ways, to have &lt;em&gt;presaged&lt;/em&gt; the present age as well. Foucault infamously once stated that perhaps the present period would be remembered by historians as ‘Deleuzean’ (Foucault 1998: 343). And while Deleuze brushed this off as ‘a joke meant to make people like us laugh, and make everyone else livid’ (Deleuze 1995: 4), it seems that his work in some ways anticipated much of our zeitgeist. The difficulty is that anticipating the zeitgeist, and being an intellectual influence on thinkers who express it, are two different things (and this is putting to the side the possibility – and to be honest, the high likelihood – that the current era is informing our reading of Deleuze in such a way that other readings of Deleuze, including readings that Deleuze himself might have endorsed, are either foreclosed to us or unrecognizable.)  There is also the question of what counts as influence, and what simply counts as being a part of an intellectual genealogy. To take one example, the sociologist of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; and self-proclaimed philosopher Bruno Latour has not been shy about the influence that Deleuze’s works have had on him; but does this mean that those who have in turn been influenced by Latour should ‘count’ as being influenced by Deleuze at one remove?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We will put to the side a discussion of ‘accidental’ Deleuzians,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn8&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; and focus on those who have explicitly acknowledged Deleuze as being an important plank in their thoughts. Most anthropologists have declined to take on Deleuze’s thought whole hog (Jensen &amp;amp; Rödje 2010, Markus &amp;amp; Saka 2006), and generally tend to take a single concept and conjoin it to concepts or framings that originate elsewhere. A loose map of anthropologically-repurposed Deleuzian part-concepts would have to include Deleuze’s vision of modern society as he presented it in his essay ‘Postscript on the society of control’, the ‘rhizome’ and ‘the assemblage’ (two ideas of which are given the greatest elaboration in Deleuze’s collaboration with Guattari), Deleuze’s understanding of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affect&lt;/a&gt;, Deleuze’s concept of temporality, and finally his use of virtuality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The anthropological assemblage &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some of these terms have also been adopted with greater degrees of fidelity than others: the assemblage is likely the instance where use differs most from the original sense (see Marcus &amp;amp; Saka 2006). Assemblage is a term taken from &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus&lt;/em&gt;. The various translators represented the word &lt;em&gt;agencement &lt;/em&gt;as ‘assemblage’, but the more common English translation of this term in other contexts would be ‘layout’ instead (on this point, see also Phillips 2006). This was a bit of a “&lt;em&gt;traduttore traditore&lt;/em&gt;” moment. For Deleuze and Guattari, &lt;em&gt;agencement&lt;/em&gt; was their term to describe cognitive/linguistic or physical arrangements where each element in the set was in a determinate relation to the others, and which acted in concert. In their minds, assemblages did very specific things, and operated in a particular manner. Assemblages both territorialised some space or material, but also deterritorialised others as it undid whatever organising or emergent logic preexisted it. Further, not only did all assemblages have content (the material organised in a determinate pattern) but all assemblages also had expressions, which could be either physical or communicative. And most of all, each assemblage was specific to a particular ‘strata’, which might be thought of as a particular domain, space, or classification (see Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1999: 503-5). Finally, assemblages can be thought of as particular instantiations of purely abstract &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; (or ‘diagrams’: see Bialecki 2016, 2017b; Zdenbik 2012) that can also be found in other assemblages located in different strata. Given all this structuration, one can see why ‘layout’ may have been more on point than ‘assemblage’. Anthropology, by comparison, has taken the assemblage as something different. For anthropology, assemblages are not determinate relations, but conglomerations of contingent, heterogeneous material that by chance or design (mostly the former) have congealed together to form the ephemeral assemblage (Collier &amp;amp; Ong 2004; Marcus &amp;amp; Saka 2006; Rabinow 2003; Rudnyckyj 2010; Zigon 2010, 2011, 2015). Rather than serving as expressions of an iterable, abstract relationship, each anthropological assemblage is an underdetermined, random, and possibly unique, collage.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn9&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; As Marcus and Saka phrased it, ‘none of the derivations of assemblage theory…is based on a technical and formal analysis of how this concept functions in [Deleuze and Guattari’s] writing’ (2006: 103).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This does not render the anthropological repurposing (reterritorialization?) of the original Deleuzian concept of &lt;em&gt;agencement&lt;/em&gt; ethnographically deficient, or their anthropological conclusions &lt;em&gt;manqu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;é&lt;/em&gt;. But it is probably a symptom of what divides Deleuze from contemporary Anglo-American anthropology (apart from, of course, discipline, language, subject matter, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;). While both Deleuze and contemporary anthropology share an interest in novelty, they have differing senses for the frequency and ease with which novelty is brought about. Anthropology often sees its objects as ‘haecceities’: as unique and therefore valuable expressions of human imagination, capacity, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;. Even when they are treated as tokens of a more general type, they are presented as if they are not just representative, but exemplary: this retains their novelty while still making them of particular interest for those investigating a more general phenomenon. Deleuze was interested in haecceities as well, but he also held that novelty, and particularly novelty in the form of thought, is relatively rare. For him, it was not subjects agentively producing novelty, but rather passive subjects who were forced to produce novelty by the press of events, when all other existing conceptual or material tools were exhausted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Becoming &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological discussions of ‘becoming’, another Deleuzian trope, can be juxtaposed productively with the anthropological assemblage. In Deleuzian parlance, becoming is about a process of continual transformation without a complete transition into some other form or mode; it is used to characterise an asymptotic movement towards a particular local telos. Unlike assemblages, which seem to litter the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16landscape&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;landscape&lt;/a&gt;, in anthropology many ‘becomings’ are hard won. In an article by Biehl and Locke that is probably the most cited discussion of Deleuzian ‘becoming’ in anthropology, there is no claim to be taking up Deleuze’s thought as ‘a theoretical system of or set of practices to be applied normatively to anthropology’ (2010: 317). Rather, they merely wish to take up aspects of Deleuze’s conception of desire and of a socially-informed but still-specific capacity for transformation as a corrective to Foucauldian conceptions of biopower and governmentality. But the two ethnographic circumstances presented (destitution and psychic disintegration in Brazil, and the collective continuing aftermath of conflict in post-war Bosnia-Herzegovina) underline the claim that the sort of transformations that Deleuze is interested in are often the result of a press of circumstances beyond the ordinary. It is of course possible to see these two case studies as a further post-culture-concept anthropological interest in what Joel Robbins (2013) has called ‘the suffering subject’. But it would also be possible to see this not as a focus on abjection and trauma as a human universal, but rather as an impetus to experimentation.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn10&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref10&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref10&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[10]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; Biehl and Locke do not exhaust the anthropological use of Deleuzian becoming; like the Biehl and Locke essay, becoming is invoked thematically rather than technically, to communicate an interest in variation in and through the repetition of acts and forms, as opposed to some other more totalising approach that would be blind to internal gradations and mutations (see, e.g., Khan 2012, Ahmad 2017). Often these works do not share Deleuze’s arid anti-humanism: they often favor explorations of subjectivity over Deleuze’s interest in the pre-individual and the pre-subjective. But because these works foreground a thematic interest in Deleuze, as opposed to an interest in his technical concepts, to judge them for this seems wrong (putting to the side the fact that judging authors in this way, instead of merely contrasting works as intellectual mechanisms, seems a particularly un-Deleuzian exercise).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Rhizome &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Differences between the anthropological assemblage and the Deleuze-Guattarian &lt;em&gt;agencement &lt;/em&gt;can also be better understood by contrasting it with anthropological discussions of the ‘rhizome’. For Deleuze and Guattari, rhizomes are decentralised networks. In rhizomes, individual nodes in the network can have quite different expressions from one another; the network itself is capable of qualitative variation; its internal multiplicity and variety means that it cannot be reduced to any dualisms or structural oppositions; and, because of its decentralised nature, the rhizome is resistant to being broken apart. The term rhizome is taken from botany (again via anthropologist Gregory Bateson), but it is not limited to the vegetative. Examples of the rhizome include: pack &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;, hive insects, human-virus relations, and at one point, the music of Glenn Gould.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists have used the rhizome in ways not dissimilar to the ways that they have invoked the assemblage: as emergent systems of pure difference that are characterised by lateral, as opposed to hierarchical, relations. The rhizome is frequently invoked in discussions of globalization, particularly as it interacts with other complex systems such as biology, ecology, and demographic representational regimes (see, e.g., Mauer 2000, Muehlmann 2012, Rosengren 2003). In contrast to most anthropological discussions of the assemblage, though, many authors working on rhizomic arrangements have noted that it has a relationship with other organizational modes that exceed mere opposition. Deleuze and Guattari state that the rhizomes at times become arboreal: if sufficient pressures are placed upon a rhizome, or sufficient cuts administered to it, rhizomes will in effect become trees, with an internal hierarchy controlling the way the rhizome can spread, and the internal organizational logic of its constituent nodes. As it appears in anthropology, various &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; or top-down processes are quite deft in this sort of pruning. Political moves to present a dispersed and open population as a discrete political actor, or to identify, and thus demarcate and bind, ‘at risk’ groups, are shown as repeatedly creating arboreal systems out of dispersed rhizomes (Muehlmann 2012, Rosengren 2003).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Affect&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Other anthropological uptakes of Deleuze differ from Deleuze’s prior concept not because of different interests and priorities in the anthropologists engaging with his thought, but rather because of what might be called an ‘interference pattern’ from other conceptual homonyms. An example of this is the almost cosmic-inflation level of growth in discussions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25affect&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;affects&lt;/a&gt; in anthropology. Interest in affect, particularly as a force that has a special relation with late-capitalist and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; forms of social organization, has been increasingly common (see, e.g., Mazarrella 2009, Muehlebach 2012, Navaro-Yashin 2012, O’Neil 2013, Richards &amp;amp; Rudnyckyj 2009, Rudnyckyj 2011, Stewart 2007). Influenced either by Deleuze’s account of affects, or more commonly, influenced at one remove by Brian Massumi’s (2002) account of Deleuze’s accounts of affects, they understand affects as a pre-linguistic, embodied intensity.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There is some confusion in discussions of affects: for instance, there is the representational problem in using language to narrate a pre-linguistic, pre-subjective phenomenon (see Bialecki forthcoming). But even more confusing is the simultaneous influence in anthropology of the concept of ‘affect’ as understood by the psychologist Silvan Tompkins, who understood affect as a limited number series of cognitive modules that, in various combinatory constellations, could co-produce the entire run of human emotion (see Tompkins &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 1995). This second understanding, in which affect is heavily psychologised, as opposed to the Spinoza-influenced Deleuzian reading of affect as a &lt;em&gt;force&lt;/em&gt; that either dilates or contracts human capacities at any single moment, has muddied the conceptual waters, as these are actually quite different phenomena (see Schaefer 2015). Most anthropological authors have not been careful to both specify whether they are dealing with affect as a pre-linguistic mix of a Spinozian illocutionary force (&lt;em&gt;affectus&lt;/em&gt;) and perlocutionary capacity to be affected (&lt;em&gt;affectio)&lt;/em&gt;, or whether they are dealing instead with cognitive/psychological modules. This failure to specify has meant that elements of a very American psychological subjectivity can be found in many discussions of what purports to be a pre-subjective, pre-linguistic affective register.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Societies of control&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Other discussions, though, have tended to hue closer to Deleuze’s self-presentation of the issues. These tended to either address minor works in Deleuze’s oeuvre, or (interestingly enough) some of his most demanding technical exercises. Let’s take an example of the former first. In a short essay entitled ‘Postscript on the societies of control’, Deleuze (1992b) presented the thesis that the advancement of networking and information technologies in the twentieth century has allowed a shift away from the sort of societies organised around disciplinary enclosures described in the middle period of Foucault; rather than creating standard, generic subjects through individually targeted disciplinary means, the society of control allows for decentralised monitoring and shaping of continually-evolving aspects of the person through processes that are not confined to any one space such as the factory, the barracks, or the schoolroom. As Deleuze says, this is a society of ‘passwords’ and ‘surfing’, where persons are grasped as data and not subjects. This 1992 piece, which seems to have grasped presciently much of the first-world present, has been well received, particularly by anthropologists interested in deploying Foucauldian concepts of discipline and biopower to contemporary neoliberal societies (see, e.g., O’Neill 2015: 230-1).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Temporality and the virtual&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As for the more technical concepts that have been taken up with greater degrees of fidelity, we have Deleuze’s presentation of both time and of virtuality. Deleuze’s temporality is marked by its disjunctive logic, where numerous different autonomous modalities of time co-exist, operating at different scales and with different degrees of intensity, and hence creating emergent effects. Deleuze’s Henri-Bergson-informed concept of time as duration, a kind of qualitative flow, has been taken up with success, where the experience of time’s unfolding is seen as a vital part of any process. These discussions, which often also invoke the language of becoming, have been particularly fruitful when addressing creative endeavors (see Pandian 2012). Others have highlighted the clashing constituent elements of Deleuzian temporality, with cyclic temporalities of habit, a temporality of continual fissure with the present already yet continually being sundered into the past and future (or, to put it differently, the present always consisting entirety and only of the past and of the future), and a disruptive temporality of the event which consists of series of breaks with extant states of affairs (see Williams 2012; see also Bialecki 2017: 22-47). Matthew Hodges (2008, 2014) has relied on this polychronic aspect of Deleuze’s account of time to suggest ways in which now-dominant narratives of temporality such as ‘process’ and ‘flux’, which he associates with late capitalism, might actually be challenged, rather than ratified, by Deleuze’s thoughts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Like temporality, virtuality is another Deleuzian conceptual tool that has received more rigorous amounts of attention. This should not be understood in the sense of ‘virtual worlds’, digital milieus that aim to wholly or partially create creditable simulations of, or rift on, aspects of the larger analogue universe (see, e.g., Boellstorff 2008). For Deleuze, the virtual is a concept that is meant to replace the possible. The problem with the possible is that it seems to be indicating states of affairs that were already complete, but simply lacking reality. This makes the possible, in essence, a static lack. Instead, Deleuze wanted to underscore the virtual as something that is real, albeit in way different from more conventional modes of existence. Rather than lacking existence, the virtual is an extant, open set of potentials that are always ready to be actualised. But the actualization of some virtual form may look quite different in different places and different times. This is not only &lt;em&gt;because&lt;/em&gt; the actualizations may happen in different places and different times, and thus be part of different ecologies of sense. It is also because the virtual can be actualised in different manners, through using different material. For that reason, Deleuze stresses that the virtual and the actual do not ‘resemble’ one another; the virtual is not a platonic ideal. Rather, the virtual could be thought of as a series of variables set in a determinate relation to one another, or, as Deleuze put it, a series of multiplicities that are effectively topological, and thus capable of quite different instantiations, in the same way that a donut and a coffee cup are both actualizations of a torus, a purely mathematical entity.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn11&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref11&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref11&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[11]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/a&gt; This means, in a sense, that every entity or phenomenon is double faced; on one hand, there is a virtual aspect, a set of relations implicit in an object that can be repeated with or without distention, depending on the state of forces, and then on the other hand, there is the actual object, which in turn gives rise to the set of virtual relations that will be the ‘quasi-cause’ of the next instantiation.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Again, there are several ways to understand what Deleuze meant by this discussion of virtuality. It is clear that the virtual included the conceptual, or at least involves it. Deleuze’s conception of philosophy was as a retrospective mapping of the virtual, a way to trace back the virtual from what falls from an event, and thus identify other possible ways in which that virtuality could have been made actual; this practice of working from the actual to the virtual is called “counter-effectuation” in Deleuze’s parlance (Deleuze &amp;amp; Guattari 1994). To some, this makes the virtual in effect ideational, or at least a prelude to the experience of thinking particular thoughts. For others, though, this suggests that virtuality is a way to speak not merely of human ideational processes, but of all phenomenon (Delanda 2002).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The open nature of the concept of the virtual has again catalyzed different anthropological uses of it as a core idea. For some, the idea of the concept as a way of mapping possibilities has become their understanding of what it is that anthropology works towards, with these new concepts either being framed as creations of the anthropologists that are sufficient to think through ethnographic phenomena in a way that is adequate to the description given by those people they speak to, or by granting the thought of the informants themselves with the same kind of stature and formal qualities that are credited to western philosophy (Holbraad &amp;amp; Pedersen 2017, Viveiros de Castro 2014; see similarly Willerslev 2011). Virtuality and the virtual is also being used by anthropologists to account for variation and difference without having to adopt pure nominalism (that is, a mode of thought characterised by the rejection of universalisms and abstractions; see Bialecki 2012 ). This includes using virtuality to think of the sort of variation and potential inherent in either a particular practice or a mode of religiosity (Bialecki 2012), or variation that results when similar abstract forms or operations are expressed in different material (Bialecki 2016). Suzanne Kuchler (1999), for instance, has argued that the various senses of the word ‘Malanggan’, as used in New Ireland, which includes a memorial right, a carved object used in such rites, and for a larger system of ideas and practices that seems to envelope the rite and the object, are not three separate objects or categories, but instead are all expressions of the same virtual topological form. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another use of virtuality is to account for the effectiveness of religious and ritual practice. The claim here is that much of ritual and religious activity can be understood as an attempt to work back to the virtual through practice or sensual experience instead of thought, and thus open up &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethical&lt;/a&gt;, social, or even ontological possibilities that are currently blocked by the arrangement of the current state of affairs (see, e.g., Kapferer 2004, 2007; Viveiros de Castro 2007). It has also been proposed that the engine of religion, if we can speak of such a thing, lies in a virtual pliability found in modes of religiosity that allows for it to take on an infinite number of expressions, all with different material entailments and therefore different effects as they combine with other assemblages (Bialecki 2016b, 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This conversation does not exhaust discussions of Deleuze in anthropology.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn12&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref12&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref12&quot;&gt;[12]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; But despite the partial nature of this discussion, a pattern should be apparent. The first aspect of the pattern concerns Deleuze’s thought. While shot through with a host of self-invented or repurposed terminology, the logic of each of these terms resonates with each other. The diagrammatic logic of the assemblage and particular instances of the assemblage shares aspects with the virtual/actual distinction, aspects of Deleuzian becoming and Deleuzian temporality seem to parallel one another, and Deleuzian discussions of the society of control seems to be a particularised and historically-situated exemplar of the play of rhizomic and arboreal modes of organising. It would be wrong to consider Deleuze a monolithic thinker, since each of these concepts have their own utility and targets, but one can see how together they seem to be themselves examples of Deleuze’s interest in the intimate relationship between repetition and difference.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The second aspect of the pattern is that anthropology has, for the most part, had a cafeteria approach to Deleuze, taking just an element or two that is to their liking, rather than the whole set of mechanisms. This has created an interesting phenomenon. At what was (at least in terms of the temporality of academic publishing) the same time, two assessments were presented of Deleuze’s reception of anthropology. One assessment was that ‘relatively few anthropologists had made use’ of Deleuze (Jensen &amp;amp; Rödge 2010: 1). The other assessment was the claim that in American anthropology, 2010 was the year of Deleuze (Hamilton &amp;amp; Places 2011). Both assessments may be right. While we are no longer at the point where we can say, as Marcus and Saka once did, that we are lacking ‘technical and formal’ encounters with Deleuze (2006: 103), it is also true that rather than dedicate themselves to the intellectual mechanisms that Deleuze constructed, many anthropologists have decided not to, in João Biehlo’s (2013) words, let theory get in the way of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt;. This may be for the best: Deleuze, interested in creativity, would honor sly theft over dutiful exegesis. But while such redeployments may be fruitful, they also run the risk of being glib, or of not even understanding how the pilfered tools work at all.  It remains to be seen which anthropological borrowings of Deleuze are the pollinated flower, which uses some alien presence to perpetuate its own being, and which borrowings are the wasp, pointlessly copulating with an alien other due to an act of complete misrecognition.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Notes&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The author would like to both thank and lay blameless Ian Lowrie and Razvan Amironesei for their contributions on some technical matters. The author, of course, owns all breaks from the image of thought.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahmad, A. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Everyday conversions: Islam, domestic work, and South Asian migrant women in Kuwait&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alliez, É. 2005. &lt;em&gt;The signature of the world or, what is Deleuze and Guattari&#039;s philosophy?&lt;/em&gt; New York: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Althusser, L. 1971. &lt;em&gt;Lenin and philosophy and other essays&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Monthly Review Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ansell-Pearson, K. 2012&lt;em&gt;. Germinal life: the difference and repetition of Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Badiou, A. 2000. S&lt;em&gt;aint Paul: the foundations of universalism&lt;/em&gt; (trans. R. Brassier). Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barthes, R. 1974. &lt;em&gt;S/z&lt;/em&gt; (trans. R. Miller). New York: Hill &amp;amp; Wang.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, G. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Steps to an ecology of mind&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Baxstrom, R. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Houses in motion: the experience of place and the problem of belief in urban Malaysia&lt;/em&gt;. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; T. Meyers 2016. &lt;em&gt;Realizing the witch: science, cinema, and the mastery of the invisible&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Fordham University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bialecki, J. 2012. Virtual Christianity in an age of nominalist anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Theory&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 295-319.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. Review of Daniel Colucciello Barber, &lt;em&gt;Deleuze and the naming of God: post-secularism and the future of immanence&lt;/em&gt; and F. LeRon Shults, &lt;em&gt;Iconoclastic theology: Gilles Deleuze and the secretion of atheism&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;Religion in Society: Advances in Research&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 261-7.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. Affect: intensities and energies in the charismatic language, embodiment, and genre of a North American movement. In &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of global Pentecostalism and Evangelicalism&lt;/em&gt; (eds) S. Coleman &amp;amp; R. Hackett, 95-108. New York: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; J. Bielo 2016a. The ancient-future time crystal: on the temporality of emerging Christianity. In &lt;em&gt;Crossing boundaries, redefining faith: interdisciplinary perspective on the emerging church&lt;/em&gt; (eds) A. Stace &amp;amp; M. Clawson, 71-91. Eugene, Oreg.: Wipf &amp;amp; Stock.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016b. Diagramming the will: ethics and prayer, text and politics. &lt;em&gt;Ethnos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;81&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 712-32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016c. Protestant language, Christian problems, and religious realism. &lt;em&gt;Suomen Antropologi: Journal of the Finnish Anthropological Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 37-42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016d. The genealogy of ethical life, a review of Webb Keane, &lt;em&gt;Ethical life: its natural and social histories&lt;/em&gt;. In &lt;em&gt;Marginalia Review of Books&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;http://marginalia.lareviewofbooks.org/genealogy-ethical-life-jon-bialecki/&quot;&gt;http://marginalia.lareviewofbooks.org/genealogy-ethical-life-jon-bialecki/&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; R. Amironesei 2017a. Assemblages: (pre)political, ethical, and ontological perspectives. &lt;em&gt;SubStance&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;46&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 3-20.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017b. &lt;em&gt;A diagram for fire: miracles and variation in an American charismatic movement&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— forthcoming. “The Lord says you speak as harlots”: affect, affectus, and affectio. In &lt;em&gt;Language and religion &lt;/em&gt;(eds) R. Yelle, C. Lerich &amp;amp; C. Handman. Berlin: De Gruyters&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Biehlo, J. 2013. Ethnography in the way of theory. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;28&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 573-97.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; P. Locke 2010. Deleuze and the anthropology of becoming. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;51&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 317-37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boellstroff, T. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Coming of age in second life&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;an anthropologist explores the virtually human&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boyer, D. 2002. The medium of Foucault in anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Minnesota Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;58&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 265-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clastres, P. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Society against the state: essays in political anthropology&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Zone Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cusset, F. 2008. &lt;em&gt;French theory: how Foucault, Derrida, Deleuze, &amp;amp; co. transformed the intellectual life of the United States&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Delanda, M. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Intensive science and virtual philosophy&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Deleuze, G. 1990a. &lt;em&gt;The logic of sense. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1990b. &lt;em&gt;Expressionism in philosophy: Spinoza&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Zone Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1992. Ethnology: Spinoza and us. In &lt;em&gt;Incorporations&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) S. Lotringer. New York: Zone.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1992b. Postscript on the societies of control. &lt;em&gt;October &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;59&lt;/strong&gt;, 3-7.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1993. &lt;em&gt;Difference and repetition. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1995. &lt;em&gt;Negotiations, 1972-1990&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2004. &lt;em&gt;Desert islands and other texts, 1953-1974&lt;/em&gt;. Los Angeles: Semiotext(e).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; F. Guattari 1983. &lt;em&gt;Capitalism and schizophrenia&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; F. Guattari 1994. &lt;em&gt;What is philosophy? &lt;/em&gt;New York: Columbia University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; F. Guattari 1999. &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus: capitalism and schizophrenia. &lt;/em&gt;Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dosse, F. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Gilles Deleuze &amp;amp; Felix Guattari: intersecting lives&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foucault, M. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Aesthetics, method, and epistemology&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) J. Faubion. New York: The New Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Graeber, D. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Debt: the first 5,000 years&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Melville House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hallward, P. 2006. &lt;i&gt;Out of this world: Deleuze and the philosophy of creation&lt;/i&gt;. London: Verso.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hamilton, J.A. &amp;amp; A.J. Placas 2011. Anthropology becoming…? The 2010 sociocultural anthropology year in review. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;113&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 246-61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hodges, M. 2008. Rethinking time&#039;s arrow: Bergson, Deleuze and the anthropology of time. Anthropological Theory &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 399-429.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. Immanent anthropology: a comparative study of ‘process’ in contemporary France. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;20&lt;/strong&gt;(S1), 33-51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holbraad, M. &amp;amp; M.A. Pedersen 2017.&lt;em&gt; The ontological turn: an anthropological exposition&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holland, E. 2003. Representation and misrepresentation in postcolonial literature and theory. &lt;em&gt;Research in African Literatures&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 159-73&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hughes, J. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Deleuze and the genesis of representation&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jensen, C.B. &amp;amp; K. Rödje 2010. Introduction. In &lt;em&gt;Deleuzian intersections: science, technology, anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (eds) C.B. Jensen &amp;amp; K. Rödje, 3-35. New York: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kantorowicz, E. 1997. &lt;em&gt;The king&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s two bodies&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kapferer, B. 2004. Ritual dynamics and virtual practice: beyond representation and meaning. &lt;em&gt;Social Analysis&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;48&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 35-54.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2007. Virtuality. In &lt;em&gt;Theorizing rituals: issues, topics, approaches, concepts&lt;/em&gt; (eds) J. Kreinath, J. Snoek, M. Stausberg, 671-84. Leiden: Brill.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. Montage and time: Deleuze, cinema, and a Buddhist sorcery rite. In &lt;em&gt;Transcultural montage &lt;/em&gt;(eds) C. Suhr &amp;amp; R. Willerslev, 20-39. New York: Berghan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kaufman, E. 2007.  Lévi-Strauss, Deleuze, and the joy of abstraction. &lt;em&gt;Criticism &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;49&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 447-58.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keane, W. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Christian moderns: freedom and fetish in the mission encounter&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kuchler, S. 1999.  Binding in the Pacific: the case of Malanggan. &lt;em&gt;Oceania&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;69&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 145-57&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lacan, J. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Ecrits: the first complete edition in English&lt;/em&gt;. New York: W. W. Norton &amp;amp; Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Laidlaw, J. 2002. For an anthropology of ethics and freedom. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 311-32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour, B. 2012. &lt;em&gt;We have never been modern&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lowe, C. 2010. Viral clouds: becoming H5N1 in Indonesia. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 625-49.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lowrie, I. 2017. What sort of thing is the social? Or, Durkheim and Deleuze on organization and infrastructure. In &lt;em&gt;The new politics of materialism: history, philosophy, science&lt;/em&gt; (eds) S. Ellenzweig &amp;amp; J.H. Zammito, 154-77. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mackay, R. &amp;amp; A. Avanessian 2014. Introduction. In &lt;em&gt;#Accelerate#: [the accelerationist reader]&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) R. Mackay, 3-46. Falmouth, Cornwall: Urbanomic Media Ltd.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marcus, G.E. &amp;amp; E. Saka 2006. Assemblage. &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(2-3), 101-6.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marcuse, H. 1974. &lt;em&gt;Eros and civilization: a philosophical inquiry into Freud with a new preface by the author&lt;/em&gt;. Boston: Beacon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marx, K. &amp;amp; F. Engels. 1970. &lt;em&gt;Manifesto of the Communist Party&lt;/em&gt;. Peking: Foreign Language Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Massumi, B. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Parables for the virtual: movement, affect, sensation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mauer, B. 2000. A fish story: rethinking globalization. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 670-701.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mazzarella, W. 2009. Affect: what is it good for? In &lt;em&gt;Enchantments of modernity: Empire, nation, globalization&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) S. Dube, 291-309. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Meillassoux, Q. 2011. &lt;em&gt;After finitude: an essay on the necessity of contingency&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mengue, P. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Faire l&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’idiot: la politique de Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;. Paris: Germina.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Miller, C. 1993. The postidentitarian predicament in the footnotes of &lt;em&gt;A thousand plateaus&lt;/em&gt;: nomadology, anthropology, and authority. &lt;em&gt;Diacritics &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 6-35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moore, A. W. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The evolution of modern metaphysics: making sense of things&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Morgan, L. 1907 [1877]. &lt;em&gt;Ancient society, or researchers in the lines of human progress from savagery through barbarism to civilization&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Henry, Holt, &amp;amp; Co.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlebach, A. 2012. &lt;em&gt;The moral neoliberal: welfare and citizenship in Italy&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Muehlmann, S. 2012. Rhizomes and other uncountable: the malaise of enumeration in Mexico’s Colorado River Delta. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnographer&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 339-53.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navaro-Yashin, Y. 2012. &lt;em&gt;The make-believe space: affective geography in a postwar polity&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O’Neill, K. L. 2013. Beyond broken: affective spaces and the study of American religion. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the American Academy of Relig&lt;/em&gt;ion &lt;strong&gt;81&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 1093-116.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. &lt;em&gt;Secure the soul: Christian piety and gang prevention in Guatemala&lt;/em&gt;. Oakland: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O’Sullivan, S. &amp;amp; S. Zepke 2008. &lt;em&gt;Deleuze, Guattari and the production of the new&lt;/em&gt;. London: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pandian, A. 2012. The time of anthropology: notes from a field of contemporary experience. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 547-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. &lt;em&gt;Reel world: an anthropology of creation&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pedersen, M.A. 2007. Multiplicity minus myth: theorizing Darhad perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Inner Asia&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 311-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Percival, W.K. 2011. Roman Jacobson and the birth of linguistic structuralism.&lt;em&gt; Sign System Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 236-62.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Phillips, J. 2006. Agencement/Assemblage. &lt;em&gt;Theory Culture Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(2-3), 108-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plotnitsky, A. 2009. Bernhard Riemann. In &lt;em&gt;Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s philosophical lineage&lt;/em&gt; (eds) G. Jones &amp;amp; J. Roffe, 190-208. Edinburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rabinow, P. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Anthropos today: reflections on modern equipment&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rappaport, R. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Pigs for the ancestors: ritual in the ecology of a New Guinea people&lt;/em&gt;. Prospect Heights, Ill.: Waveland.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Richards, A. &amp;amp; D. Rudnyckyj 2009. Economies of affect. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;15&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 57-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robbins, J. 2013. Beyond the suffering subject: towards an anthropology of the good. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;19&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 447-62&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rosengren, D. 2003. The collective self and the ethnopolitical movement: ‘rhizomes’ and ‘taproots’ in the Amazon. &lt;em&gt;Identitie&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;(2): 221-40&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rudnyckyj, D. 2011. Circulating tears and managing hearts: governing through affect in an Indonesian steel factory. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Theory&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 63-87.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rutherford, D. 2012. Kinky empiricism. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 465-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shaefer, D. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Religious affects: animality, evolution, and power&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Silverstein, M. 2004. ‘Cultural’ concepts and the language-culture nexus. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;45&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 621-52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Smith, Daniel W. 2012. &lt;i&gt;Essays on Deleuze&lt;/i&gt;. Edinburgh : Edinburgh University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stasch, R. 2006. Structuralism in anthropology. In &lt;em&gt;Encyclopedia of Language and Linguistics &lt;/em&gt;vol. 2: 167-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stewart, K. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Ordinary affects&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tampio, N. 2009. Assemblages and the multitude: Deleuze, Hardt, Negri, and the postmodern left. &lt;em&gt;European Journal of Political Theory&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 383-400.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tompkins, S., E.K. Sedgwick &amp;amp; A. Frank 1995. &lt;em&gt;Shame and its sisters: a Silvan Tomkins reader&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Toymentsev, S. 2015. Review of Phillipe Mengue, &lt;em&gt;Faire l&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’idiot: la politique de Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;French Studies: A Quarterly Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;69&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 263-65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tylor, E. 1871a. &lt;em&gt;Primitive cultures: researchers into the development of mythology, philosophy, religion, art, and custom &lt;/em&gt;vol. 1. London: John Murry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1871b. &lt;em&gt;Primitive cultures: researchers into the development of mythology, philosophy, religion, art, and custom &lt;/em&gt;vol. 2. London: John Murry.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Viveiros de Castro, E. 2007. The forest of mirrors: a few notes on the ontology of Amazonian spirits. &lt;em&gt;Inner Asia &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 153-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. &lt;em&gt;Cannibal metaphysics&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Voss, D. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Conditions of thought: Deleuze and transcendental ideas&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wagner, R. 1975. &lt;em&gt;The invention of culture&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Willerslev, R. 2011. Frazer strikes back from the armchair: a new search for the animist soul. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 504-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, J. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Gilles Delezue&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;’s philosophy of time: a critical introduction and guide&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zdenbik, J. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Deleuze and the diagram&lt;/em&gt;:&lt;em&gt; aesthetic threads in visual organization&lt;/em&gt;. London: Continuum.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zigon, J. 2015. What is a situation?: An assemblic ethnography of the drug war. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 501-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Žižek, S. 2004. &lt;i&gt;Organs without bodies: Deleuze and consequence&lt;/i&gt;s. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zourabichvili, F. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Deleuze: a philosophy of the event: together with, the vocabulary of Deleuze&lt;/em&gt;. Edinburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jon Bialecki is an honorary fellow with the School of Social and Political Science at the University of Edinburgh. His first monograph, &lt;em&gt;A diagram for fire: miracles and variation in an American charismatic movement&lt;/em&gt;, is a study of the miraculous and differentiation in American religion, with a focus on ethics, politics, language, and economic practices. He is currently working on his second manuscript, &lt;em&gt;A machine for making gods: Mormonism, transhumanism, and speculative thought&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dr Jon Bialecki, The Lihosit Research Institute, 8434 via Sonoma #65, La Jolla, California, 92037-2722, United States. Jon.Bialecki@ed.ac.uk​&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; Following a convention that has arisen in the secondary literature regarding Deleuze (despite the fact that even those who inaugurated it feels that it is a grotesquely unfair distribution of credit), in this essay Deleuze’s co-authored works will be treated as if they were an extension of ‘his’ thought, even as we will try to acknowledge when we are referring to collaborative material.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; This modesty should not be mistaken for unwavering respect: he referred to his work in the history of philosophy as a ‘sort of buggery’ where he takes the philosopher he is writing on ‘from behind…giving him a child that would be his own offspring, yet monstrous’ (Deleuze 1995: 6).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; The claim that there are multiple, incommensurable readings of Deleuze may be to understate the argument. For instance, he has been described as continuing Kant’s transcendental project (Voss 2013) even though he has claimed that he treated Kant like ‘an enemy’ (N: 6). At the same time, Deleuze’s work has been described as ‘essentially phenomenological’, and deeply indebted to Husserl (Hughes 2008: ix). But before we see him as rejecting any knowledge of the &lt;em&gt;noumenon&lt;/em&gt;, or as centering himself on the subject and on subjectivity, we should also note that he has also been called a ‘realist philosopher’ who broke with idealist ‘postmodernity’ by affirming an anti-idealist, anti-subjectivist ‘mind-independent reality.’&lt;sup&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[3]&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; (Delanda: 2). His project has been cited as centered on creating an ontology that purposeful erases the human/nature opposition (Ansell-Pearson 2012), and, conversely, he has been described as writing against ontology, and instead presenting an ethics of immanence and the ‘event’ (Zourabichvili 2012). He has been called a philosopher concerned with the production of difference and the new (Smith 2008). However, his detractors argue that he was actually a ‘monotonous’ thinker, obsessed with a philosophy of the one (Badiou 2000), a gnostic who rejects the actual and the political to favor aesthetics and a realm of never-materializable phantasmic possibilities (Hallward 2006, Žižek 2003).  Because of this, many critics claim that Deleuze offers no political project, though at this point the reader will be little surprised to hear that there are differing opinions on this front, too. He has been depicted as someone taking up a democratic, emancipatory Foucauldian micropolitics of short-term tactical action by collectives of disparate parties (Bialecki 2017), as someone whose ascetics and ethics drives him to reject &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democracy&lt;/a&gt; (Mengue 2013, see also Toymentsev 2015), as someone whose politics are essentially Leninist, and as someone who has inoculated himself against any Leninist appropriation (Tampio 2009), as a staunch anti-capitalist, and as a wild-eyed precursor of the accelerationist desire to chase the dragon of late capitalism all the way to its likely ugly, possibly inhuman, end (Mckay and Avanessian 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; These ‘multiplicities’ are taken in part from Deleuze’s reading of Bergson, but also from the work of the nineteenth century mathematician Bernard Reinmann; Reinmann’s mathematical concept of space, not as a totalized Euclidian grid, but rather as a series or collectivity of local spaces, each of which may be characterized by different dimensions, and thus escape any global determination; in the standard English translation of Riemann’s work the concept of the constituent elements of a topological space is translated as manifolds, while Anglophone scholars of Deleuze translated the term as multiplicities, following the French translation of Reinmann’s work, &lt;em&gt;multiplicitê&lt;/em&gt;. See Plotinksy 2009.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; It should be noted that this was a piece that was not published until 1973.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; To an extent, this emphasis on Nietzsche could be seen not only as an attempt to address the whole expanse of the history of the species, but also as Deleuze presaging a later anthropological interest in ethics, which has acknowledged the importance of Nietzsche (Laidlaw 2002), though perhaps not fully embracing what a Nietzschian psychology would entail (Bialecki 2016c).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn7&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref7&quot; name=&quot;_ftn7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; Despite its fictive location, the socius is actually located ‘on’ the body without organs, the term Deleuze and Guattari use for the entirety of production before any ordering or ranking is visited upon it.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn8&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref8&quot; name=&quot;_ftn8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt; Among the anthropologists and anthropological sub-fields that constitute ‘accidental Deleuzians’, one of the most surprising may be mainline American linguistic anthropology; while this does not prove kinship, both Deleuze and linguistic anthropology share an antipathy for structural linguistics and Chomskian linguistic formalism, an enthusiasm for Labov’s sociolinguistics, a high regard for Austin’s speech-act theory, and a facility with the Peircian semiotic triad of icon, index, and sign. This is also almost certainly completely accidental, as suggested by the divergent approaches taken towards other core issues. Take, for example, materiality and language. Linguistic anthropology tends to deal with issues of ‘semiotic ideology’ (Keane 2003), which can be glossed as metapragmatic concerns for the communicative potential and ethical valence of not just speech, but of material culture as well. In contrast, Deleuze handles material aspects of communication through ‘collective assemblages’, a term for ecologies or arrangements which include both material objects and speech acts or writing (Deleuze and Guattari 1999: 7). Even greater distance can be found in the respective treatment for affect. Affect, as will be discussed shortly, is a foundational concept for Deleuze, which he takes in the Spinozan sense of a force measured by its intensity and not by way of any extension (Deleuze 1990b, 1992a), while linguistic anthropology (Silverstein 2004) tends to see any differentiation between speech and affect as an idiosyncratic western understanding (see Bialecki 2015, in press).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another accidental – or perhaps crypto- – Deleuzian field in anthropology is the line of thought that is referred to as the ‘New Melanesian Ethnography’. Roy Wagner and Marilyn Strathern, the two most exemplary thinkers in this movement, display certain tendencies in their thought that are strongly Deleuzian, though in different ways. Roy Wagner’s concept of culture as invention, with both the achieved elements and the elements that are understood as fixed and conventionalized requiring continual creation though both effort and through being thrust into new contexts, echoes Deleuze’s concerns for fluid and emergent forms, and for the way that thoughts, practices, and material are at times decontextualized and deconstructed to allow for novelty (‘deterritorialized’) or are at other times set in determinate relation with one another (‘territorialization’, which maps onto Wagner’s counter-invention) (Wagner 1975). Marilyn Strathern’s interest in privileging relation over identity also has a Deleuzian cast, as for Deleuze it is the web of connections, rather than the essence of a thing itself, that often controls how some person, process, or object is expressed; this in part could be an expression of Strathern’s and Deleuze’s common interest in the nineteenth century sociologist Gabriel Tarde. The commonality between these three thinkers has been noted by many of the later authors that they have influenced, with the ‘ontological turn’ often articulating their thought, and justifying their project, through explicit references to Deleuze (see, e.g., Holbraad &amp;amp; Pedersen 2017).  But Wagner has never cited Deleuze, and while Strathern has at times acknowledged Deleuze’s work, it has been more along the lines of noting a commonality than acknowledging intellectual descent.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn9&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref9&quot; name=&quot;_ftn9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt; When I make this claim, I am sometimes met with protestations that Paul Rabinow has a more nuanced concept of the assemblage that is closer to that of Deleuze’s own understanding; particularly, Rabinow’s assemblage is presented as a more enduring form. However, as Rabinow himself asserts, his assemblages are ‘comparatively effervescent’, operating on a time scale of ‘years or decades’ which is much shorter than the other conceptual objects Rabinow relates them to (2003: 56). The comparative life spans of social objects can be seen by tracing what appears to be a Rabinowian great chain of social-ontological being, in which ‘problematizations’ (which are thematic, open ended, and sometimes millennia-old running grand challenges, such as ‘discipline’ or ‘sexuality’) trigger the emergence of assemblages, which will in turn either ‘disaggregate’ or mature in an ‘apparatus’. Sandwiched between human conundrums and long running social formations, the assemblage is, like most other anthropological assemblages, again just a short-lived, emergent form.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn10&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref10&quot; name=&quot;_ftn10&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn10&quot;&gt;[10]&lt;/a&gt; This should not be read as a critique of Robbins take on Biehl’s 2005 book &lt;em&gt;Vita&lt;/em&gt;, nor as an endorsement of it; rather, it is an observation that an anthropology of suffering and an anthropology of the good may have a more intimate connection with one another than appears on the surface (see Bialecki 2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn11&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref11&quot; name=&quot;_ftn11&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn11&quot;&gt;[11]&lt;/a&gt; See footnote four, infra.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn12&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref12&quot; name=&quot;_ftn12&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn12&quot;&gt;[12]&lt;/a&gt; This already overly long entry does not have space to discuss Deleuze’s extensive writings on cinema, which have been used not just to think through the production of film as a creative enterprise (see, e.g., Baxstrom &amp;amp; Meyers 2016; Pandian 2015) but also analogically to think through other social phenomena (see, e.g., Baxstrom 2008; Bialecki &amp;amp; Bielo 2016; Kapferer 2013). We have also not addressed the role of Deleuze in ethnographies of science, multi-species relations, or infectious disease, which have their own engagement with Deleuzian concepts such as assemblage, becoming, or rhizomes (see., e.g., Lowe 2010). Nor have we addressed what a Deleuzian politically engaged and applied anthropology look like.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jan 2018 08:38:52 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">242 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>
